WO2023045597A1 - Cross-device transfer control method and apparatus for large-screen service - Google Patents

Cross-device transfer control method and apparatus for large-screen service Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023045597A1
WO2023045597A1 PCT/CN2022/111223 CN2022111223W WO2023045597A1 WO 2023045597 A1 WO2023045597 A1 WO 2023045597A1 CN 2022111223 W CN2022111223 W CN 2022111223W WO 2023045597 A1 WO2023045597 A1 WO 2023045597A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
service
manipulation
application
interface
terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/111223
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
夏永霖
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023045597A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023045597A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/422Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of terminals, and in particular to a method and device for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services.
  • a mobile phone can be used to remotely control the large screen, that is, a smart screen application is installed on the mobile phone, and commands for the large screen are input through the control service provided by the smart screen application, such as opening applications, searching content, and playing videos. Therefore, the problem that the remote controller cannot meet the control requirements caused by the lack of physical buttons is solved.
  • This application provides a method and device for large-screen business cross-device flow control, so as to save the user from the process of selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen.
  • the operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services, which is applied to a system including a large screen and a terminal, and the large screen and the terminal have a binding relationship; the method The steps include: opening a first service application on the large screen; sending a first operation service request to the terminal by the large screen, wherein the first operation service request includes identification information and/or identification information of the first service application Identification information of a first manipulation service, where the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application; in response to the first manipulation service request, the terminal displays the first manipulation service corresponding to the first manipulation service A manipulation interface; the terminal implements manipulation of the first service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface.
  • the terminal after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen.
  • users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
  • the method further includes: switching the foreground business application of the large screen from the first business application to a second business application; the large screen sends a second manipulation service request to the terminal, wherein,
  • the second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second service application and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, and the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application;
  • the terminal In response to the second manipulation service request, displaying a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service, wherein the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface; the terminal acts on the The operation on the second control interface realizes the control of the second service application opened on the large screen.
  • the control interface of the control service corresponding to the business application before switching can be automatically closed on the terminal, and the control interface of the control service of the switched business application can be displayed on the terminal.
  • Quickly display the control interface of the control service corresponding to different business applications eliminating the need for the user to select the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the front-end business application of the large screen.
  • the user does not need to know the business application and control service There is no need to remember the selection path of each control service, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
  • the large screen after the large screen sends the second manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: the terminal closing the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and Terminate the first manipulation service; or, the terminal closes the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service but retains the first manipulation service.
  • the terminal implements the first service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first control interface
  • the manipulation includes: the terminal generates a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface and sends the operation instruction to the large screen; the large screen executes the corresponding operation according to the operation instruction. processing, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
  • the method further includes : the large screen sends a manipulation termination request to the terminal, and the manipulation termination request includes the identification information of the first business application and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service; the terminal responds to the manipulation The request is terminated, and the first manipulation interface is no longer displayed; the large screen exits the first service application.
  • the user can directly control the large screen to exit the foreground business application, and the terminal can exit the control interface of the control service after receiving the control termination request sent by the large screen, so that the user can save the process of manually exiting the control service. Simple and improve user experience.
  • the method further includes : The terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen; the large screen exits the first service application in response to the service termination request; and the terminal no longer displays the first control interface.
  • the terminal no longer displays the first control interface before the terminal no longer displays the first control interface, it further includes: the large screen sends a service application exit response to the terminal;
  • the terminal no longer displaying the first manipulation interface includes: the terminal no longer displaying the first manipulation interface in response to the service application exit response.
  • the user can exit the foreground business application by controlling the large screen through the terminal, and the large screen can exit the foreground business application after receiving the service termination request sent by the terminal, so that the entire process of the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the terminal , easy to operate and enhance user experience.
  • the first service application is a video-on-demand application
  • the first manipulation service is a video broadcast control service
  • the first manipulation interface includes a video progress bar One or more of the controls in , Collections, and Recommended Videos.
  • the first business application is a karaoke application
  • the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service
  • the first manipulation interface includes recommended songs One or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes songs selected by the user from the list of recommended songs.
  • the first business application is a gallery application
  • the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service
  • the first manipulation interface includes multiple thumbnails, The plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
  • the first business application is a game application
  • the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service
  • the first manipulation interface includes a game screen and/or One or more controls in the game operation buttons.
  • the first service application is a live broadcast application
  • the first control service is a live broadcast control service
  • the first control interface includes a live list, so The live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
  • the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button; when the terminal receives the When operating instructions, the remote control operation interface is displayed, and the remote control operation interface includes one or more controls in the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, exit key, menu key, and power on/off key.
  • the large screen pre-stores the correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a large-screen service cross-device flow control method, which is applied to a terminal, including: receiving a first control service request from a large screen, wherein the first control service request includes the The identification information of the first business application opened on the large screen and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service, the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application; in response to the first manipulation service requesting to display a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service; and realizing manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface.
  • the terminal after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen.
  • users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
  • the method further includes: receiving a second manipulation service request from the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes the information of the second business application after switching the foreground business application on the large screen Identification information and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application; in response to the second manipulation service request, displaying that the second manipulation service corresponds to The second manipulation interface, wherein, the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface; by receiving the operation acting on the second manipulation interface, the second manipulation interface opened on the large screen is implemented. Manipulation of business applications.
  • the terminal after receiving the second manipulation service request from the terminal, it further includes: closing the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminating the second manipulation service request.
  • a manipulation service or, close the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service but retain the first manipulation service.
  • the manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface
  • the method includes: generating a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface; and sending the operation instruction to the large screen.
  • the manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface Afterwards, the method further includes: receiving a manipulation termination request from the large screen, the manipulation termination request including the identification information of the first business application and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service; responding to the manipulation termination Request to no longer display the first manipulation interface.
  • the manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface Afterwards, the method further includes: sending a service termination request to the large screen; and not displaying the first control interface again.
  • the first control interface before no longer displaying the first control interface, it further includes: receiving a service application exit response from the large screen;
  • the first manipulation interface includes: no longer displaying the first manipulation interface in response to the service application exit response.
  • the first service application is a video-on-demand application
  • the first manipulation service is a video broadcast control service
  • the first manipulation interface includes a video progress bar One or more of the controls in , Collections, and Recommended Videos.
  • the first business application is a karaoke application
  • the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service
  • the first manipulation interface includes recommended songs One or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes songs selected by the user from the list of recommended songs.
  • the first business application is a gallery application
  • the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service
  • the first manipulation interface includes multiple thumbnails, The plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
  • the first business application is a game application
  • the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service
  • the first manipulation interface includes a game screen and/or One or more controls in the game operation buttons.
  • the first service application is a live broadcast application
  • the first control service is a live broadcast control service
  • the first control interface includes a live list, so The live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
  • the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button; when the terminal receives the When operating instructions, the remote control operation interface is displayed, and the remote control operation interface includes one or more controls in the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, exit key, menu key, and power on/off key.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a large-screen business cross-device flow control method, which is applied to the large screen, including: opening the first business application; sending a first control service request to the terminal, wherein the first control The service request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of a first manipulation service, where the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application.
  • the terminal after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen.
  • users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
  • the method further includes: switching the foreground service application from the first service application to a second service application; sending a second manipulation service request to the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes The identification information of the second business application and/or the identification information of the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
  • the terminal after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: receiving an operation instruction from the terminal, the operation instruction acting on the generated by an operation on the first manipulation interface on the terminal; corresponding processing is executed according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
  • the first manipulation service request after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: sending a manipulation termination request to the terminal, the manipulation termination request including the first Identification information of a business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service; exiting the first business application.
  • the terminal after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: receiving a service termination request from the terminal; in response to the service termination request, Exit the first business application.
  • the method further includes: sending a service application exit response to the terminal.
  • the large screen pre-stores the correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device used as a terminal, including: a transmission module, configured to receive a first manipulation service request from a large screen, wherein the first manipulation service request includes the large screen
  • the identification information of the first business application opened on the Internet and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service, the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application
  • a display module configured to respond to the first manipulation service A manipulation service request, displaying a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service
  • a processing module configured to implement the first manipulation interface opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface A manipulation of a business application.
  • the transmission module is further configured to receive a second manipulation service request from the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes the second business after switching the foreground business application on the large screen Application identification information and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application;
  • the display module is further configured to respond to the second manipulation service A request to display a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service, wherein the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface;
  • the processing module is further configured to act on the second manipulation interface by receiving The operation on the interface realizes the manipulation of the second service application opened on the large screen.
  • the processing module is further configured to close the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminate the first manipulation service; or, close the second manipulation service A control interface for a control service but retains the first control service.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to generate a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface; the transmission module, It is also used to send the operation instruction to the large screen.
  • the transmission module is further configured to receive a manipulation termination request from the large screen, and the manipulation termination request includes the identification of the first service application information and/or identification information of the first manipulation service; the processing module is further configured to, in response to the manipulation termination request, no longer display the first manipulation interface.
  • the transmission module is further configured to send a service termination request to the large screen; the processing module is further configured to no longer display the first control interface.
  • the transmission module is further configured to receive a service application exit response from the large screen; the processing module is further configured to respond to the service The application quits responding, and the first manipulation interface is no longer displayed.
  • the first service application is a video-on-demand application
  • the first manipulation service is a video broadcast control service
  • the first manipulation interface includes a video progress bar One or more of the controls in , Collections, and Recommended Videos.
  • the first business application is a karaoke application
  • the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service
  • the first manipulation interface includes recommended songs One or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes songs selected by the user from the list of recommended songs.
  • the first business application is a gallery application
  • the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service
  • the first manipulation interface includes multiple thumbnails, The plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
  • the first business application is a game application
  • the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service
  • the first manipulation interface includes a game screen and/or One or more controls in the game operation buttons.
  • the first service application is a live broadcast application
  • the first control service is a live broadcast control service
  • the first control interface includes a live list, so The live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
  • the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button; when the terminal receives the When operating instructions, the remote control operation interface is displayed, and the remote control operation interface includes one or more controls in the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, exit key, menu key, and power on/off key.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device used as a large screen, including: a processing module, configured to start a first business application; a transmission module, configured to send a first manipulation service request to a terminal, wherein the The first manipulation service request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service, where the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application.
  • the processing module is further configured to switch the foreground business application from the first business application to the second business application; the transmission module is further configured to send a second manipulation service request to the terminal, wherein, the second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second business application and/or identification information of the second manipulation service, and the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
  • the transmission module is further configured to receive an operation instruction from the terminal, and the operation instruction acts on the first control interface on the terminal Generated by the operation on the above; the processing module is further configured to execute corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
  • the transmission module is further configured to send a manipulation termination request to the terminal, where the manipulation termination request includes the identification information of the first service application and /or the identification information of the first manipulation service; the processing module is further configured to exit the first service application.
  • the transmission module is further configured to receive a service termination request from the terminal; the processing module is further configured to respond to the service termination request , exit the first service application.
  • the transmission module is further configured to send a service application exit response to the terminal.
  • the electronic device pre-stores the correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a processor and a transceiver; a memory for storing one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors Execute, so that the one or more processors implement the method in the second to third aspects or any possible implementation manners of the second to third aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a computer program, which is characterized in that, when the computer program is run on the camera, the camera is executed as in the second to third aspects or the second to a method in any possible implementation of the three aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive a signal from a memory of an electronic device and send the signal to the processor.
  • the signal, the signal includes a computer instruction stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instruction, the electronic device is made to perform any one of the possible functions of the second to third aspects or the second to third aspects method in the implementation.
  • FIG. 1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a remote control controlling a large screen
  • Fig. 2 is an exemplary schematic diagram of using a remote controller to input text on a large screen
  • FIG. 3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a smart screen application
  • FIG. 4 is an exemplary structural diagram of an application scenario 40 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of an electronic device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is an exemplary software structural block diagram of an electronic device 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is an exemplary structural block diagram of the cross-device flow control of large-screen services provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow chart of a process 800 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of a process 900 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a process 1000 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram for establishing cross-device flow control of large-screen services provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 13 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 14a is a schematic diagram of the main interface of P30pro
  • Fig. 14b is a schematic diagram of the main interface of the smart screen application
  • Figure 14c is an exemplary schematic diagram of the remote control interface
  • Figure 14d is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65;
  • Figure 14e is an exemplary schematic diagram of cross-device flow control between V65 and P30pro;
  • Fig. 15a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65;
  • Figure 15b is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control
  • Figure 16a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65;
  • Figure 16b is an exemplary schematic diagram of cross-device flow control between V65 and P30pro;
  • Figure 17 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control
  • Figure 18 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the main interface of P30pro
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a process 2000 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 21a is a schematic diagram of the video call interface of V65;
  • Figure 21b is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control
  • Fig. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects.
  • first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than describing a specific order of the target objects.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
  • multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
  • multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
  • Figure 1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a remote control controlling a large screen.
  • the remote control usually includes a power button, a home button, up, down, left, and right arrow keys, a confirmation key, a return key, a voice key, a menu key, Increase key and decrease key.
  • the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys to move the focus on the large screen.
  • the focus can be accompanied by a dynamic effect, and then click the OK button to select the content corresponding to the current focus.
  • Figure 2 is an exemplary schematic diagram of using a remote control to input text on a large screen.
  • the operation mode required by the user is also changing, which brings great challenges to the remote control.
  • Figure 2 is an exemplary schematic diagram of using a remote control to input text on a large screen.
  • the user needs to click On all the pinyin letters of a word, and click the OK button every time a letter is selected, which takes about 60 steps. It can be seen that it will be very cumbersome to perform complex operations with the remote control, which cannot meet the control requirements of various application scenarios on the large screen.
  • the mobile phone can be used to remotely control the large screen, that is, the smart screen application is installed on the mobile phone.
  • Figure 3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of the smart screen application. As shown in Figure 3, on the main interface of the smart screen application It shows that the connected large screen is Huawei Smart Screen, and the usage time of Huawei Smart Screen today is 4 hours and 48 minutes. You can click the power button on the right to turn on/off Huawei Smart Screen. The mirror control, remote control, smooth call, search video, message board, remote housekeeping and other buttons below can be clicked to enter the control service interface of the corresponding application scene.
  • an analog remote control similar to the panel of the remote control shown in Figure 1 can be displayed on the mobile phone, as shown in Figure 14c for example. It can be seen that inputting large-screen commands through the control service provided by the smart screen application can solve the problem that the remote control cannot meet the control requirements caused by the lack of physical buttons.
  • the process of selecting the corresponding control service requires the user to know the corresponding relationship between the application scenario and the control service in advance. It also requires the user to remember the selection path of each control service, which not only complicates the operation, but also affects the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services to solve the above problems.
  • a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services to solve the above problems.
  • You can conveniently input text in the input box on the large screen by operating the terminal device.
  • FIG. 4 is an exemplary structural diagram of an application scenario 40 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the application scenario 40 at least two electronic devices may be included, for example, device A, device B and device C , wherein at least one electronic device is a large screen, the large screen can be a smart screen, or it can refer to a set-top box (such as a TV box) running an operating system and an application program and an external display device, etc., and at least one electronic device is a terminal , the terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and the like.
  • the application scenario 40 may also include a cloud server.
  • a variety of business applications that can be used on the large screen are deployed on the large screen, such as live broadcast, video on demand, karaoke, sports and fitness, games, etc.; various controls corresponding to the aforementioned business applications are deployed on the terminal Services, such as mobile phone remote control, video broadcast control service, motion control service, game control service, etc.
  • the various control services can be provided by applications installed on the terminal (for example, smart screen applications); device data and content data related to the large screen are deployed on the cloud server, for example, card or small program data for control services, and for example , video content posters, video recommendations, etc., are used to synchronize to the application of the terminal, and then displayed on the screen of the terminal.
  • any two electronic devices in the application scenario 40 and the cloud server may communicate with each other in many different ways, for example, communicate through connection or by means of future communication technologies to transmit data.
  • the connection manner may include various connection manners such as wired connection or wireless connection.
  • the two electronic devices may be connected through a USB data cable; the wireless connection between the two electronic devices may be through establishing a Wi-Fi connection, a proximity connection of near field communication, a Bluetooth code scanning connection, and the like.
  • Two electronic devices can also use future communication technologies, for example, by installing different or the same applications on mobile phones and tablets, and transmit data with the help of 5G communication networks.
  • the connection method or communication method is not limited.
  • At least two electronic devices in the application scenario 40 may be bound to each other, and the method for establishing the binding relationship may include any one or more of the following:
  • a binding relationship can be established between multiple electronic devices through methods such as touch and code scanning.
  • Multiple electronic devices that have established a binding relationship can maintain an electronic device list respectively, and the list lists the information of electronic devices that have a binding relationship with themselves.
  • the information of the electronic device can include the device identification of the electronic device, Device type, device model, etc.
  • the electronic device list maintained by the large screen includes device identifiers of two electronic devices, and the two electronic devices are a mobile phone and a tablet computer.
  • the electronic device list may also include information about the operation service of the electronic device, for example, identification information of the operation service that the electronic device can provide (such as the name and index of the operation service).
  • the electronic device can periodically update the electronic device list. For example, every predetermined time interval, the electronic device searches the surrounding environment to see if there is an electronic device with the same account in the same local area network, and according to the search As a result, the electronic device list is updated; the electronic device can also update the electronic device list based on the trigger of a certain event, for example, when other electronic devices touch the electronic device, or scan the QR code displayed by the electronic device, the electronic device The device can add the other electronic device into the list of electronic devices.
  • the present application may also adopt other methods to establish a binding relationship between multiple electronic devices, thereby constituting an application scenario, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of an electronic device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the electronic device 500 may be any one of at least two electronic devices included in the application scenario 40 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the electronic device 500 shown in FIG. 5 is only an example, and that the electronic device 500 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figure, may combine two or more components, or may with different part configurations.
  • the various components shown in Figure 5 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 500 may include: a processor 510, an external memory interface 520, an internal memory 521, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 530, a charging management module 540, a power management module 541, a battery 542, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 550 wireless communication module 560, audio module 570, speaker 570A, receiver 570B, microphone 570C, earphone jack 570D, sensor module 580, buttons 590, motor 591, indicator 592, camera 593, display screen 594, And a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 595, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 580 may include a pressure sensor 580A, a gyroscope sensor 580B, an air pressure sensor 580C, a magnetic sensor 580D, an acceleration sensor 580E, a distance sensor 580F, a proximity light sensor 580G, a fingerprint sensor 580H, a temperature sensor 580J, a touch sensor 580K, and ambient light Sensor 580L, bone conduction sensor 580M, etc.
  • the processor 510 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 510 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit, NPU
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 500 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 510 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 510 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 510 has just used or recycled. If the processor 510 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 510 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 510 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • processor 510 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 510 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 580K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 593 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 510 may be coupled to the touch sensor 580K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 510 and the touch sensor 580K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 500 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • processor 510 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 510 may be coupled to the audio module 570 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 510 and the audio module 570 .
  • the audio module 570 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 560 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal.
  • the audio module 570 and the wireless communication module 560 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 570 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 560 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 510 and the wireless communication module 560 .
  • the processor 510 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 560 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 570 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 560 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 510 with peripheral devices such as a display screen 594 and a camera 593 .
  • MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 510 communicates with the camera 593 through the CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the electronic device 500 .
  • the processor 510 communicates with the display screen 594 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 500 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 510 with the camera 593 , the display screen 594 , the wireless communication module 560 , the audio module 570 , the sensor module 580 and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 530 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 530 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 500, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 500 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 500 .
  • the electronic device 500 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 540 is used for receiving charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 540 can receive charging input from a wired charger through the USB interface 530 .
  • the charging management module 540 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 500 . While the charging management module 540 is charging the battery 542 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 541 .
  • the power management module 541 is used for connecting the battery 542 , the charging management module 540 and the processor 510 .
  • the power management module 541 receives the input of the battery 542 and/or the charging management module 540, and supplies power for the processor 510, the internal memory 521, the external memory, the display screen 594, the camera 593, and the wireless communication module 560, etc.
  • the power management module 541 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 541 may also be set in the processor 510 .
  • the power management module 541 and the charging management module 540 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 500 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 550, the wireless communication module 560, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 500 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 550 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 500 .
  • the mobile communication module 550 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 550 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 550 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, convert it into electromagnetic wave and radiate it through the antenna 1 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 550 may be set in the processor 510 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 550 and at least part of the modules of the processor 510 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 570A, receiver 570B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 594 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 510, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 550 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 560 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite, etc. applied on the electronic device 500.
  • System global navigation satellite system, GNSS
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • near field communication technology near field communication, NFC
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 560 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 560 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 510 .
  • the wireless communication module 560 can also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 510 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 500 is coupled to the mobile communication module 550, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 560, so that the electronic device 500 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA broadband Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
  • TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou navigation satellite system beidou navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 500 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 594, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display screen 594 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 510 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the display screen 594 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • Display 594 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 500 may include 1 or N display screens 594, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 500 can realize the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 593 , a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 594 , and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 593 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 593 .
  • Camera 593 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the electronic device 500 may include 1 or N cameras 593, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 500 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 500 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 500 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 500 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 520 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 500.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 510 through the external memory interface 520 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
  • the internal memory 521 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 510 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 500 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 521 .
  • the internal memory 521 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 500 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 521 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the electronic device 500 can implement audio functions through an audio module 570 , a speaker 570A, a receiver 570B, a microphone 570C, an earphone interface 570D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 570 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 570 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 570 may be set in the processor 510 , or some functional modules of the audio module 570 may be set in the processor 510 .
  • the speaker 570A also called “horn” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • Electronic device 500 can listen to music through speaker 570A, or listen to hands-free calls.
  • Receiver 570B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into audio signals.
  • the receiver 570B can be placed close to the human ear to receive the voice.
  • Microphone 570C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by putting his mouth close to the microphone 570C, and input the sound signal to the microphone 570C.
  • the electronic device 500 may be provided with at least one microphone 570C. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 500 may be provided with two microphones 570C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 500 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 570C, so as to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions, etc.
  • the earphone interface 570D is used for connecting wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 570D may be a USB interface 530, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (open mobile terminal platform, OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 580A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • pressure sensor 580A may be located on display screen 594 .
  • pressure sensors 580A such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material.
  • the electronic device 500 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 580A.
  • touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 580B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 500 .
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 500 about three axes may be determined by the gyro sensor 580B.
  • the gyro sensor 580B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 580B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 500, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the electronic device 500 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyroscope sensor 580B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 580C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 500 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 580C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 580D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 500 may use the magnetic sensor 580D to detect the opening and closing of the flip leather case.
  • the electronic device 500 may detect opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 580D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 580E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 500 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 500 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the electronic device 500 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 500 can use the distance sensor 580F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 580G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the electronic device 500 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode.
  • Electronic device 500 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 500 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 500 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 500.
  • the electronic device 500 can use the proximity light sensor 580G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 500 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • Proximity light sensor 580G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
  • the ambient light sensor 580L is used for sensing ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 500 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 594 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 580L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 580L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 580G to detect whether the electronic device 500 is in the pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 580H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 500 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, fingerprint photography, and fingerprint answering of incoming calls.
  • the temperature sensor 580J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 500 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 580J to implement a temperature treatment strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 580J exceeds the threshold, the electronic device 500 may reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 580J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 500 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 500 heats the battery 542 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 500 caused by the low temperature.
  • the electronic device 500 boosts the output voltage of the battery 542 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 580K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 580K can be arranged on the display screen 594, and the touch sensor 580K and the display screen 594 form a touch screen, also called “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 580K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to touch operations can be provided through the display screen 594 .
  • the touch sensor 580K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 500 , which is different from the position of the display screen 594 .
  • the bone conduction sensor 580M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 580M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 580M can also touch the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 580M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 570 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 580M, so as to realize the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 580M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the keys 590 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
  • the key 590 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 500 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 500 .
  • the motor 591 can generate a vibrating reminder.
  • the motor 591 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 591 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 594 .
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 592 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, the change of the battery capacity, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 595 is used for connecting a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be connected and separated from the electronic device 500 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 595 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 595 .
  • the electronic device 500 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • SIM card interface 595 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 595 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 595 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 595 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 500 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication.
  • the electronic device 500 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 500 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 500 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 500 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 500 .
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of an exemplary software structure of an electronic device 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture of the electronic device 500 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are respectively the application program layer, the application program framework layer, the Android runtime (Android runtime) and the system library, and the kernel layer from top to bottom.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include application programs such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
  • application programs such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include window manager, phone manager, content provider, view system, resource manager, notification manager, etc.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • the phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 500 . For example, the management of call status (including connected, hung up, etc.).
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • prompting text information in the status bar issuing a prompt sound, vibrating the electronic device, and flashing the indicator light, etc.
  • the Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • a system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), two-dimensional graphics engine (for example: SGL), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), media library (Media Libraries), etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • two-dimensional graphics engine for example: SGL
  • three-dimensional graphics processing library for example: OpenGL ES
  • media library Media Libraries
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer includes at least a display driver, an audio driver, a Wi-Fi driver, a sensor driver, and a Bluetooth driver.
  • the components included in the software structure shown in FIG. 6 do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 500 .
  • the electronic device 500 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • This application can deploy large-screen business applications on the large screen, and deploy control services on the terminal, so as to control the corresponding large-screen business application on the large screen through the control service on the terminal, so as to realize cross-device flow control of large-screen services .
  • Fig. 7 is an exemplary structural block diagram of the cross-device flow control of the large-screen service provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • multiple business applications for example, business applications 1-3
  • Control services for example, control services 1-3
  • the business application on the large screen and the control service on the terminal may have the following correspondence: control service 1 corresponds to business application 1, control service 2 corresponds to business application 2, and control service 3 corresponds to business application 3.
  • control service 1 corresponds to business application 1
  • control service 2 corresponds to business application 2
  • control service 3 corresponds to business application 3.
  • the live service control service controls live broadcast applications
  • the video broadcast control service controls video-on-demand applications
  • the sports control service controls sports and fitness applications
  • the game control service controls game applications, and so on.
  • the framework layer is deployed on both the large screen and the terminal, which includes: distributed soft bus, distributed security authentication, distributed task scheduling and transfer task management services, among which,
  • the distributed soft bus uses a unified communication base based on distributed devices such as mobile phones, tablets, smart wearable devices, and smart screens to provide unified distributed communication capabilities for the interconnection and intercommunication between electronic devices; distributed security authentication provides E2E
  • the encrypted channel provides a secure cross-device transmission mechanism for user applications, ensuring that "the correct person uses the correct data through the correct device"; distributed task scheduling provides capabilities such as remote service startup, remote service connection, and remote migration Through the combination of different capabilities, it can support the user's application to complete cross-device migration or multi-device collaboration business experience; the transfer task management service implements the registration of the user's application, provides transfer entry, status maintenance, status display, exit transfer, etc. management ability.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services, so as to simplify the operation process when determining and controlling services and improve user experience.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a process 800 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process 800 can be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal.
  • the process 800 is described as a series of steps or operations. It should be understood that the process 800 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 8 .
  • Process 800 may include:
  • Step 801 start the business application on the big screen.
  • the service application When a service application is started on the large screen, the service application is displayed on the screen of the large screen at this time, and the service application may be called a foreground service application of the large screen.
  • Step 802 the large screen sends a manipulation service request to the terminal.
  • the manipulation service request includes identification information of the requested manipulation service
  • the manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application of the large screen, that is, the manipulation service requested by the large screen from the terminal is for Control the foreground business application.
  • the large screen can store the preset correspondence between business applications and control services.
  • the large screen needs to perform cross-device flow control on the foreground business application, it can query the corresponding relationship to obtain the control service corresponding to the foreground business application, and then The identification information of the manipulation service is written into the manipulation service request and sent to the terminal, so that the terminal can determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen according to the identification information of the manipulation service.
  • the identification information of the manipulation service may be the name, index, etc. of the manipulation service.
  • control service request includes the identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen, so that the terminal can determine the foreground business application according to the identification information of the foreground business application, and then according to the preset business application and control service The corresponding relationship between them determines the manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application.
  • the manipulation service request may include both identification information of the requested manipulation service and identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen.
  • the foreground business application on the large screen is a game application (such as a racing game), which is difficult to control if only the remote control is used, so the large screen sends a control service request to the terminal, and the control service request includes the name of the racing game control service to request to control the racing game through the racing game control service on the terminal.
  • a game application such as a racing game
  • step 803 the terminal displays a manipulation interface corresponding to the manipulation service in response to the manipulation service request.
  • the terminal may determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation service request.
  • the terminal may determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the foreground business application in the manipulation service request, and then determine the corresponding The control service corresponding to the foreground business application.
  • the terminal needs to obtain some data to generate a control interface for the control service.
  • Some of these data can come from the cloud server, and the other part can come from the large screen.
  • the data from the cloud server can include content data of business applications, recommendation information based on the user's personal habits, user's historical collection, user's address book, Setting information of business applications, etc.; data from the large screen may include screenshots of the large screen, a gallery on the large screen, a list of business applications installed on the large screen, etc. It should be understood that there is a one-to-one correspondence between the control interface generated by the terminal and the control service, so the data required to generate the control interface is associated with the control service and the service application corresponding to the control service, and these data are not limited to the foregoing examples. Other data may also be included, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal may not have the data required to generate the control interface, or only part of the data required to generate the control interface.
  • the terminal can send business application data to the cloud server and/or the large screen request, so as to obtain the data stored on the cloud server and/or on the large screen, the terminal can obtain the control interface of the control service based on the aforementioned data, and then display it on the screen in the form of a card or applet for user operation and use.
  • the terminal When the large screen does not request the above-mentioned control service for the first time, the terminal has obtained the data required for the above-mentioned generation of the control interface during the previous provision of the control service, and also stored the control data during the previous process of providing the control service, so that the terminal can It is no longer necessary to send business application data requests to the cloud server and/or the large screen. At this time, the terminal can directly display the control interface of the control service on the screen in the form of a card or applet based on historical data for user operation.
  • the terminal can also send a business application data request to the cloud server and/or the large screen, so as to obtain the incremental data needed to generate the control interface, without having to send all the data required to generate the control interface Download the data again, so that new data of business applications can be obtained, such as game progress of game applications, synchronization data of shared applications, etc., and the efficiency of obtaining control interfaces can be improved.
  • the control interface can display corresponding buttons, sliders, up/down menus and other touch components according to the requirements of the front-end business application, as well as thumbnails and usage screens corresponding to the front-end business application.
  • the control interface of the control service corresponding to the video-on-demand application can include the progress bar of the current video playback, the selection button of the current video, the thumbnail of the recommended video, etc. The user can drag the progress bar to adjust the current video played on the large screen You can click the selection button to select the video to play on the big screen, and you can click the thumbnail of the video to change the video played on the big screen.
  • control interface of the control service corresponding to the K song application can include popular K
  • the list of songs, the list of selected songs, etc. users can click on a song to add to the list of selected songs, and can click on an added song to play it directly on the big screen
  • another example is the control of the control service corresponding to the gallery application
  • the interface may include thumbnails of images stored in the large screen, so that a certain thumbnail can be clicked to display an image corresponding to the thumbnail on the large screen.
  • the terminal can independently obtain its control interface and display it on the screen.
  • the terminal can pop up a control interface on any current interface.
  • the aforementioned uninterruptible business application means that once the business application starts, it must continue and cannot be interrupted.
  • a control interface will pop up on the call interface.
  • the user usually does not interrupt the call
  • the control interface pops up suddenly, which may affect the The game goes on. It should be understood that there may also be other service applications that cannot be interrupted, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenarios where the terminal can pop up the control interface can include: the terminal is in a black screen, at this time the terminal will light up the screen and pop up the control interface on the screen off interface; the terminal is in a bright screen, and the terminal will pop up the control interface on the main interface at this time; An interface of an application program is displayed on the screen of the terminal, and at this time, the terminal pops up a control interface on the interface. It should be understood that the terminal may also pop up a control interface on other interfaces, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • control interface of the control service is not limited by the number and type of physical buttons, and can be used for the actual operation of business applications. It needs to be set, and there is no specific limitation on this.
  • the terminal receives a control service request sent by the large screen.
  • the control service request includes the name of the racing game control service.
  • the terminal determines the control service based on the name. After querying the local data, the terminal finds that there is no historical data for the control service. Therefore, Send a business application data request to the cloud server, obtain the control interface of the racing game control service based on the device data of the large screen from the cloud server, the content data of the racing game, etc., and then display it on the screen in the form of a card or a small program.
  • the control interface may include the left and right arrow keys, the rendered racing map, the track and other images, the image of the racing car, etc. The user can control the forward direction of the racing car on the track by clicking on the left and right arrow keys.
  • the pop-up may include a dynamic process of appearing from the edge of the terminal display interface and gradually entering and displaying more and more content, or may include appearing near the center of the terminal display interface And the dynamic process of gradually enlarging and occupying more and more terminal display interfaces.
  • manipulating the pop-up of a service card/applet may refer to: manipulating the service card/applet to appear from the bottom of the terminal display interface and gradually entering the terminal display interface, gradually displaying more and more content; or, manipulating the service card/applet Appears near the center of the terminal display interface, then gradually enlarges, and finally occupies more than half of the terminal display interface.
  • control service card/applet may include operable controls, and the user can click these controls to move the position of the control service card/applet, change the size of the control service card/applet, make the control service card/ The applet is closed/hidden/popped up again.
  • Step 804 the terminal sends the operation instruction generated by the operation on the control interface to the large screen.
  • the touch screen of the terminal provides the premise of a variety of user operations.
  • the touch screen does not specifically limit the user's operation mode, and can quickly and efficiently capture the user's operations on the touch screen, and then generate corresponding operation instructions.
  • the user operates the touch components on the control interface displayed on the touch screen to generate corresponding operation instructions. For example, clicking a button indicates that the user selects the button, and the operation instruction indicates that the button is selected; dragging the slider indicates that the button is selected.
  • the operation command indicates the value change; the finger slides on the control interface to change the trajectory or generate a trajectory, then the operation instruction indicates the trajectory; and so on.
  • the terminal sends the acquired operation instructions to the large screen.
  • Step 805 the large screen performs corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the control of the foreground business application.
  • the large screen After the large screen receives the operation command from the terminal, on the one hand, it executes the corresponding data processing according to the operation command; on the other hand, when necessary, it renders the corresponding picture according to the operation command and displays it on the large screen.
  • the terminal provides the control service of the large-screen business. Based on the characteristics of the touch screen of the terminal, the corresponding control interface of the control service can be set according to the actual operation requirements of the large-screen business. It is further limited by the number and type of physical buttons of the traditional remote control.
  • the terminal after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen.
  • users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a process 900 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process 900 may be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal.
  • the process 900 is described as a series of steps or operations. It should be understood that the process 900 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 9 .
  • Process 900 may include:
  • Step 901 the large screen sends a manipulation termination request to the terminal.
  • the foreground business application on the large screen changes, one possible situation is that the user exits the business application displayed on the big screen by operating the physical remote control or the simulated remote control on the terminal; another possible situation is that the user By operating the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal, start other business applications without exiting the business application displayed on the screen, the other business applications will be displayed on the large screen, and the foreground business application will switch to this business application.
  • the user connects the incoming call by operating the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal.
  • the instant call application is displayed on the large screen, and the foreground business application switches to the instant call application, while the previous business application retreats to The background operation of the large screen becomes the background business application of the large screen.
  • the large screen and the terminal are in the flow control of the foreground business application, when the foreground business application on the large screen changes, the large screen will send a control termination request to the terminal, so that the terminal no longer provides the control service of the foreground business application .
  • the large screen may send a manipulation termination request to the terminal, similar to step 801 in the above method embodiment, the manipulation termination request may also include the identification information of the manipulation service and/or the identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen.
  • the purpose of the identification information is to allow the terminal to determine the control service to exit. For a specific determination process, reference may be made to step 801, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 902 the terminal no longer displays the manipulation interface of the manipulation service in response to the manipulation termination request.
  • the terminal may determine the manipulation service that the large screen requests to terminate based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation termination request.
  • the terminal may determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the foreground business application in the manipulation termination request, and then determine the corresponding The control service corresponding to the foreground business application.
  • the terminal may directly close the control interface of the control service.
  • the terminal is displaying the control interface of the video broadcast control service, and at this moment, the terminal can directly close the control interface of the video broadcast control service.
  • the terminal may pop up a window on the control interface to remind the user that the service application on the large screen has been closed, and display buttons of "Yes” and “No” on the pop-up window for the user to choose.
  • the terminal is displaying the control interface of the video broadcast control service.
  • the terminal can pop up a window on the control interface of the video broadcast control service. Control Services", and buttons for "Yes” and "No".
  • Step 903 the large screen exits the current foreground business application.
  • step 902 and step 903 are executed simultaneously.
  • the user can directly control the large screen to exit the foreground business application, and the terminal can exit the control interface of the control service after receiving the control termination request sent by the large screen, so that the user can save the process of manually exiting the control service. Simple and improve user experience.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a process 1000 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process 1000 may be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal.
  • the process 1000 is described as a series of steps or operations. It should be understood that the process 1000 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 10 .
  • Process 1000 may include:
  • Step 1001 the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen.
  • the user wants to exit the foreground business application, he can also exit the foreground business application by manipulating the large screen through the terminal. For example, the user is watching a video on the large screen, and clicks the close button on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, thereby generating an operation instruction to close the service application, and the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen according to the operation instruction.
  • the user is watching a video on a large screen, and clicks the button of "mobile phone remote control" on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, the interface of the mobile phone remote control can be pulled up on the terminal, which simulates the mobile phone remote control The device can make the mobile phone realize the same function as the physical remote control.
  • an operation instruction to close the service application can be generated.
  • the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen according to the operation instruction. .
  • the service termination request may include identification information of the foreground service application on the large screen, so that the large screen can determine to exit the foreground service application according to the identification information.
  • the service termination request may not include the identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen.
  • it can be determined whether to exit the foreground business application, or as long as the large screen receives the service termination Request, just exit the foreground business application directly. This is because the large screen and the terminal are in the cross-device flow control of the foreground business application before, so as long as the terminal sends a service termination request, the default is to exit the foreground business application.
  • Step 1002 the large screen exits the current foreground service application in response to the service termination request.
  • the large screen After receiving the service termination request, the large screen can exit the current foreground service application.
  • the large screen can directly exit the interface of the foreground business application and display the main interface.
  • the large screen directly exits the VOD application and returns to the main interface.
  • the large screen can also pop up a window on the interface of the foreground business application to prompt the user whether to exit the foreground business application, and display "Yes” and “No” buttons on the pop-up window for the user to choose.
  • the large screen pops up a window on the user interface of the video-on-demand application, and the pop-up window includes "whether to exit the video-on-demand application” and buttons of "yes" and "no".
  • Step 1003 the large screen sends a service application exit response to the terminal.
  • the large screen After the large screen exits the foreground business application, it can send an exit response to the terminal to inform the terminal of the success or failure of the foreground business application exit.
  • Step 1004 the terminal responds to the exit response of the service application, and no longer displays the manipulation interface of the manipulation service.
  • the terminal may exit the control interface of the control service. For this process, reference may be made to step 902 in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal can continue to display the control interface of the control service, and detect the operation instructions generated by the user's operation.
  • step 1001 the terminal can directly execute step 1004, that is, the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen, and then exits the control interface of the control service without waiting for the large screen to exit according to the service termination request. Foreground business application. At this time, the large screen does not need to send a service application exit response to the terminal.
  • the user can exit the foreground business application by controlling the large screen through the terminal, and the large screen can exit the foreground business application after receiving the service termination request sent by the terminal, so that the entire process of the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the terminal , easy to operate and enhance user experience.
  • FIG. 11 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram for establishing cross-device flow control of large-screen services provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • participating Components include business applications, flow task management services, and distributed task scheduling
  • the participating components on the terminal include distributed task scheduling and manipulation services.
  • there are multiple electronic devices having a binding relationship and the multiple electronic devices include a large screen and multiple terminals.
  • the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the control service on the terminal for cross-device flow control.
  • the embodiment of this application describes the process of establishing large-screen business cross-device flow control between the large screen and the terminal.
  • the business application requests the registration control service from the transfer task management service
  • the business application requests the transfer task management service to register the control service to notify the transfer task management service that the business application has been opened and to request the cross-device transfer control of the business application.
  • the video-on-demand application requests the transfer task management service to register the manipulation service.
  • the transfer task management service returns the terminal information to the business application
  • the transfer task management service After receiving the request from the business application, the transfer task management service queries the preset correspondence between the business application and the control service, and determines the control service corresponding to the aforementioned business application. Then, a terminal that can provide the aforementioned manipulation service is determined according to the electronic device list maintained locally. If there is only one electronic device that can provide control services, then the electronic device is the terminal that provides control services; The terminal of the service.
  • the transfer task management service can select the first electronic device as the terminal that provides manipulation services according to the arrangement order of multiple electronic devices in the electronic device list; or, the transfer task management service can determine the earliest electronic device according to the online status of multiple electronic devices.
  • the latest electronic device is used as a terminal to provide control services; or, the transfer task management service can transmit the information of multiple electronic devices to the display module of the large screen, and the display module will display the information of the multiple electronic devices in a pop-up window on the screen for the user to choose one as the terminal to provide the control service.
  • the transfer task management service may also use other methods to determine the terminal providing the manipulation service, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the transfer task management service determines that the control service of the video-on-demand application is the video broadcast control service, and then checks the list of electronic devices to find that the mobile phone P30pro can be used as a terminal that provides the control service.
  • the transfer task management service returns terminal information to the VOD application, including terminal device identification, device type, and device name.
  • the business application updates the business control flow status to the flow task management service
  • the business application can update the business control flow status to the flow task management service after making preparations for the business control flow, so as to notify the flow task management service that the operation state of the business application can be updated to cross-device control.
  • the video-on-demand application notifies the streaming task management service to update the control status of the video-on-demand application to P30pro control.
  • the business application requests the distributed task scheduling to initialize the distributed task scheduling
  • Distributed task scheduling can maintain multiple tasks of business applications, and schedule multiple tasks based on the execution logic and levels among multiple tasks. Initialization can create threads for the execution of multiple tasks to ensure the smoothness of multiple tasks. went well.
  • the business application requests the distributed task scheduling to start the cross-device manipulation service, and a task of the cross-device manipulation service may be created in the distributed task scheduling.
  • the distributed task scheduling dispatches a task for the cross-device manipulation service, it can trigger the sending of a manipulation service request to the terminal.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the large screen sends a control service request to the distributed task scheduling of the terminal
  • step 801 For manipulating the service request, reference may be made to step 801 in the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the distributed task scheduling After the distributed task scheduling receives the manipulation service request, it can determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation service request. Or, after the distributed task scheduling receives the control service request, it can determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the business application in the control service request, and then according to the preset correspondence between the business application and the control service, Determine the manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application.
  • the distributed task scheduling When the distributed task scheduling is dispatched to the manipulation service, it sends a scheduling instruction to the manipulation service, so that the manipulation service pops up a manipulation interface.
  • the manipulation service pops up a manipulation interface.
  • the screen of the P30pro displays the operation interface of the video broadcast control service.
  • control service can return the call result to the distributed task scheduling, that is, once the function of the control service is started, it can notify the distributed task scheduling that the control service has started successfully.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns the response that the control service starts successfully to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen
  • control interface of the control service After the control interface of the control service is displayed on the terminal, the user can perform control operations on the control interface. At this time, the control service on the terminal is started successfully.
  • a cross-device flow control process for large screen services has been established between the large screen and the terminal.
  • Users operate on the control interface of the control service through the terminal, and the generated operation instructions are sent to the large screen by the terminal.
  • the large screen is based on the operation instructions. Execute corresponding processing, and if necessary, the large screen can send the processed data to the terminal to achieve data synchronization between the large screen and the terminal, so as to facilitate the timely update of the control interface on the terminal.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal may also fail to start the control service.
  • the reasons for the failure may include: failure to obtain the control interface of the control service, the terminal does not enable the floating window function of the control service, etc.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen that the control service failed to start.
  • the business application on the large screen can pop up a window to prompt that the cross-device flow control fails, or exit the cross-device flow control, and notify the flow task management service to update the business control flow status (the notification flow task management service can update the control status of the business application. Exit cross-device control).
  • the business application with a large screen may also use other failure handling methods, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the large-screen transfer task management service can actively detect the business applications of the large screen.
  • the business application with a large screen actively requests the transfer task management service to register and control the service after opening (step 1), that is, the business application with a large screen notifies The transfer task management service starts cross-device transfer control; and this implementation method is that the transfer task management service can actively detect business applications on the large screen, and when a business application is found to be open, it will automatically determine for it a terminal that can provide the aforementioned control service.
  • the determination method can refer to step 2 of the method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • participating parties on the large-screen Components include business applications, flow task management services, and distributed task scheduling
  • the participating components on the terminal include distributed task scheduling and manipulation services.
  • there are multiple electronic devices having a binding relationship and the multiple electronic devices include a large screen and multiple terminals.
  • the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the control service on the terminal for cross-device transfer control.
  • the embodiment of this application describes the process of cross-device transfer control for the large screen and the terminal to exit the large screen business.
  • the business application updates the business control flow status to the flow task management service
  • the user can use the remote control to close the business application on the large screen, or, if the large-screen display is a touch-sensitive display, the user can also click the business application exit control on the large-screen display to close the business application on the large screen .
  • the business control flow state can be updated to the flow task management service, so as to notify the flow task management service that the operation state of the business application can be updated to quit cross-device control.
  • the video-on-demand application notifies the transfer task management service to update the control status of the video-on-demand application to quit P30pro control.
  • the business application requests the distributed task scheduling to exit the cross-device control service
  • the business application requests the distributed task scheduling to exit the cross-device control service, and can request the distributed task scheduler to close the task of the cross-device control service.
  • the distributed task scheduling closes the task of the cross-device control service, it can trigger the sending of a control termination request to the terminal.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the large screen sends a control termination request to the distributed task scheduling of the terminal
  • the distributed task scheduling After the distributed task scheduling receives the manipulation termination request, it can determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation termination request. Or, after the distributed task scheduling receives the control service request, it can determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the business application in the control service request, and then according to the preset correspondence between the business application and the control service, Determine the manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application.
  • the distributed task scheduler When the distributed task scheduler dispatches the manipulation service, it sends a closing command to the manipulation service, so that the manipulation service exits the manipulation interface. Regarding the way of exiting the control interface, reference may be made to step 902 in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • control service After the control service exits the control interface, it can return the exit result to the distributed task scheduler, that is, once the control service exits, it can notify the distributed task scheduler that the control service has exited successfully.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns the response that the control service is closed successfully to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen
  • the business application requests the logout control service from the transfer task management service
  • the business application can request the transfer task management service to cancel the control service, so as to notify the transfer task management service that the control service can be canceled.
  • the video-on-demand application requests the streaming task management service to log out of the video broadcast control service.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal may also fail to exit the control service.
  • the reasons for the failure may include: failure to obtain the control interface of the control service, and the user selected "No" on the pop-up window. key, and so on.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen is that the control service exit failed.
  • the large-screen business application can pop up a window to prompt that the cross-device transfer control exit failed.
  • the business application with a large screen may also use other failure handling methods, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • participating parties on the large screen Components include business applications, flow task management services, and distributed task scheduling
  • the participating components on the terminal include distributed task scheduling and manipulation services.
  • there are multiple electronic devices having a binding relationship and the multiple electronic devices include a large screen and multiple terminals.
  • the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the control service on the terminal for cross-device transfer control.
  • the embodiment of this application describes the process of cross-device transfer control for the large screen and the terminal to exit the large screen business.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal sends a service termination request to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen
  • the user wants to exit the foreground business application, he can also exit the foreground business application by manipulating the large screen through the terminal. For example, a user is watching a video on a large screen, and clicks the close button on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, thereby generating an operation instruction to close the business application, and the distributed task scheduling of the terminal sends services to the large screen according to the operation instruction Terminate request.
  • the interface of the mobile phone remote control can be pulled up on the terminal, which simulates the mobile phone remote control device, which allows the mobile phone to achieve the same functions as the physical remote control.
  • an operation command to close the business application can be generated.
  • the distributed task scheduling of the terminal sends to the large The screen sends a service termination request.
  • step 1001 For the service termination request, reference may be made to the description of step 1001 in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the business application updates the business control flow status to the flow task management service
  • the business application can update the business operation flow state to the flow task management service, so as to notify the flow task management service that the operation state of the business application can be updated to quit cross-device control.
  • the business application requests the logout control service from the transfer task management service
  • the business application can request the logout of the control service from the transfer task management service to notify the transfer task management service that the control service can be logged out.
  • the business application returns the business application exit response to the distributed task scheduling
  • the distributed task scheduling of the large screen notifies the response of the successful exit of the business application to the distributed task scheduling of the terminal
  • the distributed task scheduler After the distributed task scheduler receives the response that the business application exits successfully, it knows that the business application of the large screen has exited, and can send a close command to the control service, so that the control service exits the control interface. Regarding the way of exiting the control interface, reference may be made to step 902 in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • control service After the control service exits the control interface, it can return the exit result to the distributed task scheduler, that is, once the control service exits, it can notify the distributed task scheduler that the control service has exited successfully.
  • the multiple electronic devices with binding relationship include: two mobile phones (P30pro and Mate30), a tablet computer (MatePad Pro) and a smart screen (V65).
  • the foreground business application of the V65 is a video-on-demand application
  • the video broadcast control service is a remote control service corresponding to the video-on-demand application.
  • Fig. 14a is a schematic diagram of the main interface of P30pro. As shown in Fig. 14a, the user clicks the icon of the smart screen application on the main interface to open the smart screen application.
  • FIG 14b is a schematic diagram of the main interface of the smart screen application.
  • the connected V65 is displayed on the main interface of the smart screen application as a Huawei smart screen, and the usage time of the Huawei smart screen today is 30 minutes. Click the power button on the right to turn on/off the Huawei Smart Screen.
  • the main interface also includes buttons for application scenarios such as mirror control, remote control, smooth call, search for movies, message boards, and remote housekeeping. After the user clicks one of the buttons, the smart screen application enters the control service interface of the corresponding application scenario. In the embodiment of the present application, the user clicks the "remote control" button.
  • Figure 14c is an exemplary schematic diagram of the remote control interface.
  • the remote control interface can be displayed in the form of a card on the mobile phone, and the remote control includes up, down, left, and right direction keys 1401, OK key 1402, increase/decrease key 1403, exit key 1404, menu key 1405, power on/off key 1406, etc.
  • These buttons have similar functions to the physical buttons of the physical remote control, so users can also operate the V65 by operating the remote control on the mobile phone just like using a physical remote control.
  • Figure 14d is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65.
  • the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys 1401 on the remote control on the P30pro to move the focus on the V65, and the focus movement can be accompanied during the movement , when the focus moves to the VOD application icon, the VOD is selected, and the user clicks the OK key 1402 on the remote control to open the content (VOD application) corresponding to the current focus.
  • the main interface of the VOD application can include recommended videos, lists of video applications (Mango TV, iQiyi, Tencent, etc.), and the thumbnails of recommended videos are displayed. In addition, it also includes the user's historical playback records, collection records, etc.
  • the main interface of the V65 can refer to the main interface of smart TVs, TV boxes, set-top boxes, etc., and will not be repeated here.
  • the V65 can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 to start the video broadcast control service on the P30pro.
  • the electronic devices that have a binding relationship with V65 include Mate30 and MatePad Pro in addition to P30pro.
  • the transfer task management service of V65 can be determined from the three electronic devices by using step 2 in the method embodiment shown in Figure 11.
  • P30pro is a terminal that can provide video playback and control services.
  • the P30pro can also execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 , so as to pop up the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the screen.
  • Figure 14e is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Figure 14e, the video selected by the user is played on the V65, and the control interface of the video broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the video-on-demand application provides a lot of videos. These videos can include information such as a video cover image, video name, video duration, video producer, and video scoring. On the one hand, it can facilitate users to understand the key information of the video. On the one hand, it can have the effect of attracting users to click, especially the cover image of the video, which is usually the poster, promotional image of the video, or a screenshot of the video that best reflects the core content of the video.
  • the cover image of the video displayed on the large screen can be a 4K large-size image.
  • the thumbnail of the cover image can be displayed on the terminal, and the size of the thumbnail can be adapted to the size of the terminal.
  • the terminal Before popping up the control interface of the video broadcast control service, the terminal can download information such as the name of the video, the duration of the video, the producer of the video, the rating of the video, and the thumbnail of the video from the cloud server.
  • a control interface for the video broadcast control service is generated based on the foregoing video information.
  • the control interface of the video broadcast control service includes a progress bar 1407 of the video being played on the large screen, an anthology (1-5) button 1408 of the same series as the video (for example, a button corresponding to each episode of a TV series), The thumbnail image 1409 of the video of "guess you like” etc.
  • the user can drag the progress bar 1407 to adjust the playback progress of the video, click the collection button 1408 to change the video played on the big screen, and click the thumbnail 1409 to replace the video played on the big screen with the video corresponding to the thumbnail.
  • control interface of the video broadcast control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control” button 1410. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control” button 1410, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can Bring up the remote control to control the big screen.
  • the method of selecting the video to be played on the V65 may include: the user controls the large screen to select a video through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select a video through the remote control on the P30pro; or, the user controls the video through the video broadcast control service on the P30pro
  • the interface controls the large screen to select the video.
  • the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65).
  • the foreground business application of V65 is a karaoke application
  • the karaoke broadcast control service is a remote control service of the karaoke application.
  • the P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a- Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 15a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of the V65.
  • the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys 1401 on the remote control on the P30pro to move the focus on the V65, and the focus movement can be accompanied during the movement , when the focus moves to the karaoke application icon, karaoke is selected, and the user clicks the OK key 1402 on the remote control to open the content (Karaoke application) corresponding to the current focus.
  • the V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 to start the karaoke broadcast control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • Figure 15b is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Figure 15b, the MV of the song selected by the user is played on the V65, and the control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the National K Songs application provides a lot of songs, and these songs can include information such as the name of the song, the singer, and the number of singing times. On the one hand, it can facilitate users to understand the key information of the song, and on the other hand, it can attract users to click.
  • the terminal Before popping up the control interface of the K song broadcast control service, the terminal can download and obtain information such as the name of the song, the singer, and the number of times of singing from the cloud server. Based on the aforementioned song information, a control interface for the K song play control service is generated.
  • the control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service includes a list of popular karaoke songs 1501 and a list of selected songs 1502 .
  • the user can select a song in the popular karaoke list, click the "add" button 1503 to add this song to the ordered song list, and click a song in the ordered song list, and the big screen will directly switch to the play button.
  • MV of the song The song.
  • control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control” button 1504. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control” button 1504, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can Time to call up the remote control to control the big screen.
  • the method for selecting a song to play on the V65 may include: the user controls the large screen to select a song through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select a song through the remote control on the P30pro;
  • the control interface controls the large screen to select songs.
  • the process of selecting songs may include: the user controls the large screen to select songs through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select songs through the remote control on the P30pro; or, the user controls the large screen through the control interface of the K song broadcast control service on the P30pro screen to select a video.
  • the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65).
  • the foreground business application of V65 is the gallery application, and the gallery control service is the remote control service of the gallery application.
  • the P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a- Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 16a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65.
  • the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys 1401 on the remote control on the P30pro to move the focus on the V65, and the focus movement can be accompanied during the movement , when the focus moves to the gallery application icon, the gallery is selected, and the user clicks the OK key 1402 on the remote control to open the content corresponding to the current focus (the gallery application).
  • the V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 to start the gallery control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the gallery control service will pop up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • Figure 16b is an exemplary schematic diagram of cross-device transfer control between V65 and P30pro. As shown in Figure 16b, the image selected by the user is displayed on the V65, and the control interface of the library control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the gallery application contains a lot of images of the user, and the images include screenshots obtained by the user manipulating the large screen to capture screenshots, photos obtained by the user manipulating the large screen to take pictures, and the like.
  • the terminal may download the thumbnails of the images in the gallery from the large screen before popping up the manipulation interface of the gallery manipulation service.
  • a manipulation interface of the gallery manipulation service is generated based on the foregoing thumbnail images.
  • the control interface of the gallery control service includes thumbnails 1601 of the images in the home camera.
  • the images in the home camera are stored in the V65.
  • the P30pro can not only obtain the data of the control interface, but also obtain the V65 Image information on the image to facilitate thumbnail generation. The user can click a certain thumbnail to indicate that the image corresponding to the thumbnail is selected and displayed on the V65.
  • control interface of the gallery control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control" button 1602. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control” button 1602, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can adjust the remote control when necessary. Use the remote control to control the big screen.
  • the method for selecting the image displayed on the V65 may include: the user controls the large screen to select an image through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select an image through the remote control on the P30pro; or, the user controls the control interface of the service through the gallery on the P30pro , click the thumbnail, and the image corresponding to the thumbnail will be displayed on the V65.
  • the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65).
  • the foreground business application of the V65 is a racing game application
  • the racing game control service is a remote control service of the racing game application.
  • the P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a- Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 17 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Fig. 17, after opening the racing game application on V65, V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in Fig. 8 or Fig. 11 to Start the racing game control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the racing game control service will pop up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the screen of the racing game is displayed on the V65, and the control interface of the racing game control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the terminal can obtain the user's account information, historical racing rankings, racing game screen data, racing control control data, etc. from the cloud server, and obtain the user's historical setting data, game progress, etc. from the large screen. Based on the aforementioned data, the terminal can generate racing games. Control the control interface of the service.
  • the control interface of the racing game control service includes the left and right arrow keys, the rendered racing map, the racing track and other images, and the racing car image.
  • the user can control the forward direction of the car on the track by clicking on the left and right arrow keys.
  • control interface of the racing game control service also includes a floating panel 1701.
  • the floating panel 1701 includes a main interface button 1702, a menu button 1703, and an exit button 1704.
  • the user can click the main interface button 1702 to directly return to the main interface.
  • the menu button 1703 pops up menu options, you can click the exit button 1704 to exit the racing game application, and you can click "" 1705 on the floating panel to switch the hand assist mode.
  • the picture of the racing game displayed on the V65 will switch accordingly, including the picture changes accompanying the change of the position of the racing car.
  • the picture includes the track and surrounding mirror images.
  • the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65).
  • the foreground business application of the V65 is a live broadcast application
  • the live broadcast control service is a remote control service for the live broadcast application.
  • the P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a- Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG 18 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Figure 18, after the live broadcast application is opened on V65, V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in Figure 8 or Figure 11 to Start the live broadcast control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the live broadcast control service will pop up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the live broadcast screen is displayed on the V65, and the control interface of the live broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
  • the terminal can download the channel information of the live application from the cloud server, including channel name, channel number, channel category, and the like. Based on the foregoing channel information, a control interface for the live broadcast control service is generated.
  • the control interface of the live broadcast control service includes a live list, which includes all lists, satellite TV lists, CCTV lists, local lists and digital lists.
  • Each list contains buttons for multiple live broadcast stations, for example, the full list includes Beijing Satellite TV, Madden Sports, Zhejiang Satellite TV, Dragon TV, Sichuan Satellite TV, Southeast Satellite TV, Lifestyle, Shaanxi Satellite TV, etc.
  • the user can click the button of a certain live station to indicate that the screen of the selected live station will be played on the V65.
  • control interface of the live broadcast control service also includes a floating panel 1801.
  • the floating panel 1801 includes a main interface button 1802, a menu button 1803, and an exit button 1804.
  • the user can click the main interface button to directly return to the main interface, or click the menu
  • the button pops up menu options, you can click the exit button to exit the live broadcast application, and you can click "" 1805 on the floating panel to switch the hand assist mode.
  • the content displayed on the V65 switches to the screen where the user selects the live broadcast station.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of the main interface of the P30pro.
  • a power-on/off interface can pop up on the screen of the P30pro, and the power-on/off interface includes a button 1901 for “one-key on/off”.
  • the user can click the "one-key on/off” button 1901 to control and turn on the V65; when the bound V65 is on, the user can click the "one-key on/off” button 1901 to control Turn off the V65.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments are only used as examples to describe the cross-device flow control that can establish large-screen services in multiple application scenarios between the large-screen and the terminal, but the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are not limited to
  • the above application scenarios can also be applied to many other application scenarios, for example, the terminal controls the large screen to take pictures, the terminal controls the large screen to play sports and fitness videos, the terminal controls the large screen to make smooth calls, the terminal controls the large screen to share images, etc. . That is to say, no matter what kind of business application on the large screen, you can create the corresponding control service, and then deploy the control service on the terminal to realize the cross-device flow control of the business.
  • the control interface of the control service in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the graphic screens in the above-mentioned several embodiments, and other design schemes may also be adopted, which is not specifically limited.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a process 2000 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the process 2000 may be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal.
  • Process 2000 is described as a series of steps or operations, and it should be understood that process 2000 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the two electronic devices can execute the process 800 shown in Figure 8 to establish the cross-device flow control of the first business application on the large screen and the terminal, that is, the foreground business of the large screen
  • the application is a first service application
  • the terminal is manipulating the first service application through the first manipulation service, and a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service is displayed on the terminal.
  • Process 2000 may include:
  • Step 2001 the foreground business application on the large screen is switched from the first business application to the second business application.
  • the foreground business application of the large screen is the first business application
  • the control service of the terminal is the first control service
  • the terminal receives operations on the first control interface of the first control service, The manipulation of the first service application is realized.
  • the foreground service application is switched from the first service application to the second service application.
  • One possible situation is that the user exits the first service application displayed on the large screen by operating the physical remote control or the simulated remote control on the terminal, and restarts The second business application on the large screen, the second business application is displayed on the large screen, and the foreground business application is switched to the second business application; another possible situation is that the user operates the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal device, without exiting the first business application displayed on the screen, start the second business application, the second business application is displayed on the large screen, the foreground business application is switched to the second business application, and the previously displayed first business application
  • the application retreats to run in the background of the large screen and becomes the background business application of the large screen; another possible situation is that, in the process of using the business application displayed on the large screen, the large screen receives a timely call application (such as Unicom phone application), the user connects the incoming call by operating the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal.
  • the instant call application is displayed on the large screen, and the foreground service application is switched to the instant call application (the second service application ), while the previous first business application retreated to the background operation of the large screen and became the background business application of the large screen.
  • the simulated remote controller on the above-mentioned terminal can be displayed on the screen of the terminal (for example, as shown in FIG. 14c ) by clicking the "mobile phone remote control" button on the first control interface (for example, as shown in FIG. 14e ).
  • the first business application is a video-on-demand application
  • its corresponding first control service is a video broadcast control service.
  • the foreground business application switches to the Changlian calling application, and the calling interface of the Changlian calling application is displayed on the screen.
  • the aforementioned operation instruction for accepting a call comes from a physical remote controller or an analog remote controller on the terminal.
  • Step 2002 the large screen sends a manipulation termination request for the first manipulation service to the terminal.
  • the foreground business application on the big screen is switched from the first business application to the second business application, and the first business application exits or becomes the background business application of the big screen, so the big screen sends a control termination request for the first control service to the terminal, Close the first manipulation interface so that the terminal no longer provides the first manipulation service of the first business application.
  • Step 2003 the large screen sends a manipulation service request for the second manipulation service to the terminal.
  • the large screen In order to realize the cross-device flow control of the second business application of the large screen and the terminal, after the large screen is switched to the second business application, it can send a control service request to the terminal.
  • the second manipulation service request may also include identification information of the second business application and/or identification information of the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
  • step 902 For a process in which the terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the manipulation termination request, reference may be made to step 902 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 2005 the terminal displays a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service in response to the manipulation service request.
  • step 803 For the terminal displaying the second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service in response to the manipulation service request, reference may be made to step 803 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
  • the first manipulation service is different from the second manipulation service.
  • the contents of the first manipulation interface and the second manipulation interface include layout of the interface, controls included on the interface, The text of the interface, etc. are also different.
  • Step 2006 the terminal sends the operation instruction generated by the operation on the second control interface to the large screen.
  • step 2006 reference may be made to step 804 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 2007, the large screen performs corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the second business application.
  • step 2007, reference may be made to step 805 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
  • the control interface of the control service corresponding to the business application before switching can be automatically closed on the terminal, and the control interface of the control service of the switched business application can be displayed on the terminal.
  • Quickly display the control interface of the control service corresponding to different business applications eliminating the need for the user to select the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the front-end business application of the large screen.
  • the user does not need to know the business application and control service There is no need to remember the selection path of each control service, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
  • the process of cross-device flow control of several business applications on the large screen is exemplified. Once the foreground business application is started on the large screen, the terminal will pop up the The control interface of the control service corresponding to the business application.
  • the business applications running on the large screen include foreground business applications and background business applications.
  • the foreground business application refers to the business application displayed on the screen of the large screen
  • the background business application refers to the business application not displayed on the screen of the large screen.
  • the processor of the large screen is still running the program of the business application.
  • the Changlian call application when the user uses the Changlian call application to make a video call, the video call interface of the Changlian call application is displayed on the screen.
  • the Changlian call application is a foreground business application with a large screen; when the user uses When the video-on-demand application is used, the Changlian calling application is not displayed on the screen, but in order to receive the video call application when someone calls in, the processor of the large screen is still running the Changlian calling application program, which can support the monitoring of the Changlian calling application.
  • the Unicom call application is a background business application on a large screen.
  • the control service provided corresponds to the foreground business application on the large screen.
  • the terminal will close the first business application corresponding to the first business application.
  • the first manipulation interface of the manipulation service displays the second manipulation interface of the second manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
  • FIG 21a is a schematic diagram of the video call interface of V65.
  • V65 receives a video call request from the Changlian call application, and the user can operate the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the P30pro The device answers the video call.
  • the user can click the "mobile phone remote control” button on the operation interface of the video broadcast control service, and the analog remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up on the P30pro.
  • Key 1401 focuses on the "Answer" button in Fig. 21a, and then clicks OK button 1402 to select to answer the video call.
  • the call interface of the Changlian call application is displayed on the screen of the large screen, and the foreground business application of the large screen is switched to the Changlian call application, and the large screen and the terminal can automatically execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • Start the Changlian call control service wherein the first business application is a video-on-demand application, the first control service is a video broadcast control service, the second business application is a Changlian call application, and the second control service is a Changlian call control service.
  • Fig. 21a is a schematic diagram of the video call interface of V65.
  • the control interface of Changlian call control service includes the "switch camera” button, the "hang up” button, the “mute” button, and the “speaker” button , "Switch Voice” button and "Share Screen” button.
  • control interface of Changlian call control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control” button 2001. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control” button 2001, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can Time to call up the remote control to control the big screen.
  • the foreground business application on the large screen switches from the Changlian call application to the video-on-demand application, and the video in the video-on-demand application is played on the large screen again.
  • the large screen and The terminal can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 20 to close the control interface of the Changlian call control service on the terminal, and display the control interface of the video broadcast control service, as shown in FIG. 14e.
  • the first business application is the Unicom call application
  • the first control service is the Unicom call control service
  • the second business application is a video-on-demand application
  • the second control service is a video broadcast control service.
  • the electronic device includes hardware and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions in combination with the embodiments for each specific application, but this implementation should not be considered as exceeding the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the functional modules of the electronic device may be divided according to the above method example.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 2200 may include: a processor 2201 and a transceiver/receiver pin 2202.
  • a memory 2203 is also included.
  • bus 2204 includes not only a data bus, but also a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • bus 2204 includes not only a data bus, but also a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • the various buses are referred to as bus 2204 in the figure.
  • the memory 2203 may be used for the instructions in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 2201 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 2203, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the sending pin to send signals.
  • the apparatus 2200 may be the electronic device or the chip of the electronic device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device executes the steps of the above-mentioned related methods to realize the large-screen service in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • Cross-device flow control method is also provided.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to realize the method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device runs At this time, the processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for controlling cross-device streaming of large-screen services in the above method embodiments.
  • the electronic device, computer storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the corresponding method provided above The beneficial effects in the method will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a cross-device transfer control method and apparatus for a large-screen service. The method comprises: enabling a first service application on a large screen; the large screen sending a first control service request to a terminal, wherein the first control service request comprises identification information of the first service application and/or identification information of a first control service, and the first control service is a control service corresponding to the first service application; the terminal displaying, in response to the first control service request, a first control interface corresponding to the first control service; and the terminal implementing the control over the enabled first service application on the large screen by means of receiving an operation acting on the first control interface. By means of the embodiments of the present application, the process of a user selecting a corresponding control service from a smart screen application according to a foreground service application of a large screen can be omitted, such that the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.

Description

大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法和装置Cross-device flow control method and device for large-screen business
本申请要求于2021年9月26日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111126695.4、申请名称为“大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111126695.4 and the application name "Cross-device flow control method and device for large-screen business" submitted to the China Patent Office on September 26, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及终端领域,尤其涉及一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法和装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of terminals, and in particular to a method and device for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services.
背景技术Background technique
当前大屏的应用场景越来越多,除了传统的电视直播场景,还新增了视频点播、投屏、畅连通话、K歌、拍照、运动健身、游戏等场景。针对不同的应用场景,用户需要的操作方式也在变化,这给大屏的遥控器带来非常大的挑战。但目前的遥控器上物理按键有限,无法满足大屏上各种应用场景的操控要求。At present, there are more and more application scenarios for large screens. In addition to traditional live TV scenarios, there are also new scenarios such as video on demand, screen projection, smooth calls, karaoke, photography, sports and fitness, and games. For different application scenarios, the operation methods required by users are also changing, which brings great challenges to large-screen remote controls. However, the physical buttons on the current remote control are limited, which cannot meet the control requirements of various application scenarios on the large screen.
相关技术中,可以采用手机遥控大屏,即在手机上安装智慧屏应用,通过智慧屏应用提供的操控服务输入大屏命令,例如,打开应用、搜索内容、播放视频等。从而解决遥控器的物理按键少而引起的无法满足操控要求的问题。In related technologies, a mobile phone can be used to remotely control the large screen, that is, a smart screen application is installed on the mobile phone, and commands for the large screen are input through the control service provided by the smart screen application, such as opening applications, searching content, and playing videos. Therefore, the problem that the remote controller cannot meet the control requirements caused by the lack of physical buttons is solved.
但是,智慧屏应用本身在确定与大屏当前的应用场景对应的操控服务时,又存在操作复杂的问题。However, when the smart screen application itself determines the control service corresponding to the current application scenario of the large screen, there is a problem of complicated operation.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法和装置,以省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程,操作简单,提升用户体验。This application provides a method and device for large-screen business cross-device flow control, so as to save the user from the process of selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,应用于包括大屏和终端的系统中,所述大屏和所述终端之间具备绑定关系;所述方法包括:所述大屏上开启第一业务应用;所述大屏向所述终端发送第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务;所述终端响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面;所述终端通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控。In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services, which is applied to a system including a large screen and a terminal, and the large screen and the terminal have a binding relationship; the method The steps include: opening a first service application on the large screen; sending a first operation service request to the terminal by the large screen, wherein the first operation service request includes identification information and/or identification information of the first service application Identification information of a first manipulation service, where the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application; in response to the first manipulation service request, the terminal displays the first manipulation service corresponding to the first manipulation service A manipulation interface; the terminal implements manipulation of the first service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface.
本申请实施例,终端可以在收到操控服务请求后,自主获取其操控界面,进而显示在屏幕上,这样可以省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程,相应的,用户也不需要知道业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,不必记住各个操控服务的选取路径,操作简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen. Correspondingly, users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
根据第一方面,所述方法还包括:所述大屏的前台业务应用从所述第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用;所述大屏向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务;所述终端响应于所述第二操控服务请求,显示所述第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面,其中,所述第二操控界面不同于所述第一操控界 面;所述终端通过接收作用于所述第二操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第二业务应用的操控。According to the first aspect, the method further includes: switching the foreground business application of the large screen from the first business application to a second business application; the large screen sends a second manipulation service request to the terminal, wherein, The second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second service application and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, and the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application; the terminal In response to the second manipulation service request, displaying a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service, wherein the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface; the terminal acts on the The operation on the second control interface realizes the control of the second service application opened on the large screen.
本申请实施例,大屏的前台业务应用发生切换后,终端上可以自动关闭切换前的业务应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,显示切换后的业务应用的操控服务的操控界面,这样可以在终端上快速显示不同业务应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程,相应的,用户也不需要知道业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,不必记住各个操控服务的选取路径,操作简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of the present application, after the foreground business application on the large screen is switched, the control interface of the control service corresponding to the business application before switching can be automatically closed on the terminal, and the control interface of the control service of the switched business application can be displayed on the terminal. Quickly display the control interface of the control service corresponding to different business applications, eliminating the need for the user to select the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the front-end business application of the large screen. Correspondingly, the user does not need to know the business application and control service There is no need to remember the selection path of each control service, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述大屏向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求之后,还包括:所述终端关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面且终止所述第一操控服务;或者,所述终端关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面但保留所述第一操控服务。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, after the large screen sends the second manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: the terminal closing the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and Terminate the first manipulation service; or, the terminal closes the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service but retains the first manipulation service.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述终端通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控,包括:所述终端通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,产生对应的操作指令并将所述操作指令发送给所述大屏;所述大屏根据所述操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对所述第一业务应用的操控。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the terminal implements the first service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first control interface The manipulation includes: the terminal generates a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface and sends the operation instruction to the large screen; the large screen executes the corresponding operation according to the operation instruction. processing, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述终端响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面之后,所述方法还包括:所述大屏向所述终端发送操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;所述终端响应于所述操控终止请求,不再显示所述第一操控界面;所述大屏退出所述第一业务应用。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, after the terminal displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the first manipulation service request, the method further includes : the large screen sends a manipulation termination request to the terminal, and the manipulation termination request includes the identification information of the first business application and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service; the terminal responds to the manipulation The request is terminated, and the first manipulation interface is no longer displayed; the large screen exits the first service application.
本申请实施例,用户可以直接操控大屏退出前台业务应用,终端可以在收到大屏发送的操控终止请求后,退出操控服务的操控界面,这样可以省去用户手动退出操控服务的过程,过程简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, the user can directly control the large screen to exit the foreground business application, and the terminal can exit the control interface of the control service after receiving the control termination request sent by the large screen, so that the user can save the process of manually exiting the control service. Simple and improve user experience.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述终端响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面之后,所述方法还包括:所述终端向所述大屏发送业务终止请求;所述大屏响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用;所述终端不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, after the terminal displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the first manipulation service request, the method further includes : The terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen; the large screen exits the first service application in response to the service termination request; and the terminal no longer displays the first control interface.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述终端不再显示所述第一操控界面之前,还包括:所述大屏向所述终端发送业务应用退出响应;所述终端不再显示所述第一操控界面,包括:所述终端响应于所述业务应用退出响应,不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, before the terminal no longer displays the first control interface, it further includes: the large screen sends a service application exit response to the terminal; The terminal no longer displaying the first manipulation interface includes: the terminal no longer displaying the first manipulation interface in response to the service application exit response.
本申请实施例,用户可以通过终端操控大屏退出前台业务应用,大屏可以在收到终端发送的业务终止请求后,退出前台业务应用,这样可以用终端操控大屏上的业务应用的整个过程,操作方便,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, the user can exit the foreground business application by controlling the large screen through the terminal, and the large screen can exit the foreground business application after receiving the service termination request sent by the terminal, so that the entire process of the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the terminal , easy to operate and enhance user experience.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为视频点播应用,所述第一操控服务为视频播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括视频进度条、视频选集和推荐视频中的一种或多种控件。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first service application is a video-on-demand application, and the first manipulation service is a video broadcast control service; the first manipulation interface includes a video progress bar One or more of the controls in , Collections, and Recommended Videos.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为K歌应 用,所述第一操控服务为K歌播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括推荐歌曲列表和已选歌曲列表中的一种或多种控件,所述推荐歌曲列表包括一首或多首歌曲,所述已选歌曲列表包括用户从所述推荐歌曲列表中选取的歌曲。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first business application is a karaoke application, and the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service; the first manipulation interface includes recommended songs One or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes songs selected by the user from the list of recommended songs.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为图库应用,所述第一操控服务为图库操控服务;所述第一操控界面包括多张缩略图,所述多张缩略图和所述图库应用中包含的多张图像对应。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the first business application is a gallery application, and the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service; the first manipulation interface includes multiple thumbnails, The plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为游戏应用,所述第一操控服务为游戏操控服务;所述第一操控界面包括游戏画面和/或游戏操作按键中的一种或多种控件。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the first business application is a game application, and the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service; the first manipulation interface includes a game screen and/or One or more controls in the game operation buttons.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为直播应用,所述第一操控服务为直播播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括直播列表,所述直播列表包括多个分类的子列表,任意一个所述子列表包括一个或多个直播频道。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the first service application is a live broadcast application, and the first control service is a live broadcast control service; the first control interface includes a live list, so The live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一操控界面还包括“手机遥控器”按键;当终端接收到作用于所述“手机遥控器”按键操作所产生的操作指令时,显示遥控器操作界面,所述遥控器操作界面包括上下左右方向键、OK键、增加/减少键、退出键、菜单键、开关机键中的一种或多种控件。According to the first aspect, or any implementation of the above first aspect, the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button; when the terminal receives the When operating instructions, the remote control operation interface is displayed, and the remote control operation interface includes one or more controls in the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, exit key, menu key, and power on/off key.
根据第一方面,或者以上第一方面的任意一种实现方式,所述大屏中预先存储有所述第一业务应用和所述第一操控服务之间的对应关系。According to the first aspect, or any implementation manner of the above first aspect, the large screen pre-stores the correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,应用于终端,包括:接收来自大屏的第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述大屏上开启的第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务;响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面;通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控。In the second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a large-screen service cross-device flow control method, which is applied to a terminal, including: receiving a first control service request from a large screen, wherein the first control service request includes the The identification information of the first business application opened on the large screen and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service, the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application; in response to the first manipulation service requesting to display a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service; and realizing manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface.
本申请实施例,终端可以在收到操控服务请求后,自主获取其操控界面,进而显示在屏幕上,这样可以省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程,相应的,用户也不需要知道业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,不必记住各个操控服务的选取路径,操作简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen. Correspondingly, users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
根据第二方面,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述终端的第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述大屏上进行前台业务应用切换后的第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务;响应于所述第二操控服务请求,显示所述第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面,其中,所述第二操控界面不同于所述第一操控界面;通过接收作用于所述第二操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第二业务应用的操控。According to the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving a second manipulation service request from the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes the information of the second business application after switching the foreground business application on the large screen Identification information and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application; in response to the second manipulation service request, displaying that the second manipulation service corresponds to The second manipulation interface, wherein, the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface; by receiving the operation acting on the second manipulation interface, the second manipulation interface opened on the large screen is implemented. Manipulation of business applications.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述接收来自所述终端的第二操控服务请求之后,还包括:关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面且终止所述第一操控服务;或者,关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面但保留所述第一操控服务。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, after receiving the second manipulation service request from the terminal, it further includes: closing the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminating the second manipulation service request. A manipulation service; or, close the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service but retain the first manipulation service.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控,包括:通过接 收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,产生对应的操作指令;将所述操作指令发送给所述大屏。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, the manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface The method includes: generating a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface; and sending the operation instruction to the large screen.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控之后,还包括:接收来自所述大屏的操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;响应于所述操控终止请求,不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, the manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface Afterwards, the method further includes: receiving a manipulation termination request from the large screen, the manipulation termination request including the identification information of the first business application and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service; responding to the manipulation termination Request to no longer display the first manipulation interface.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控之后,还包括:向所述大屏发送业务终止请求;不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, the manipulation of the first business application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface Afterwards, the method further includes: sending a service termination request to the large screen; and not displaying the first control interface again.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述不再显示所述第一操控界面之前,还包括:接收来自所述大屏的业务应用退出响应;所述不再显示所述第一操控界面,包括:响应于所述业务应用退出响应,不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, before no longer displaying the first control interface, it further includes: receiving a service application exit response from the large screen; The first manipulation interface includes: no longer displaying the first manipulation interface in response to the service application exit response.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为视频点播应用,所述第一操控服务为视频播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括视频进度条、视频选集和推荐视频中的一种或多种控件。According to the second aspect, or any implementation of the above second aspect, the first service application is a video-on-demand application, the first manipulation service is a video broadcast control service; the first manipulation interface includes a video progress bar One or more of the controls in , Collections, and Recommended Videos.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为K歌应用,所述第一操控服务为K歌播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括推荐歌曲列表和已选歌曲列表中的一种或多种控件,所述推荐歌曲列表包括一首或多首歌曲,所述已选歌曲列表包括用户从所述推荐歌曲列表中选取的歌曲。According to the second aspect, or any implementation of the above second aspect, the first business application is a karaoke application, and the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service; the first manipulation interface includes recommended songs One or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes songs selected by the user from the list of recommended songs.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为图库应用,所述第一操控服务为图库操控服务;所述第一操控界面包括多张缩略图,所述多张缩略图和所述图库应用中包含的多张图像对应。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, the first business application is a gallery application, and the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service; the first manipulation interface includes multiple thumbnails, The plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为游戏应用,所述第一操控服务为游戏操控服务;所述第一操控界面包括游戏画面和/或游戏操作按键中的一种或多种控件。According to the second aspect, or any implementation of the above second aspect, the first business application is a game application, and the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service; the first manipulation interface includes a game screen and/or One or more controls in the game operation buttons.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为直播应用,所述第一操控服务为直播播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括直播列表,所述直播列表包括多个分类的子列表,任意一个所述子列表包括一个或多个直播频道。According to the second aspect, or any implementation manner of the above second aspect, the first service application is a live broadcast application, and the first control service is a live broadcast control service; the first control interface includes a live list, so The live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
根据第二方面,或者以上第二方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一操控界面还包括“手机遥控器”按键;当终端接收到作用于所述“手机遥控器”按键操作所产生的操作指令时,显示遥控器操作界面,所述遥控器操作界面包括上下左右方向键、OK键、增加/减少键、退出键、菜单键、开关机键中的一种或多种控件。According to the second aspect, or any implementation of the above second aspect, the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button; when the terminal receives the When operating instructions, the remote control operation interface is displayed, and the remote control operation interface includes one or more controls in the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, exit key, menu key, and power on/off key.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,应用于大屏,包括:开启第一业务应用;向终端发送第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a large-screen business cross-device flow control method, which is applied to the large screen, including: opening the first business application; sending a first control service request to the terminal, wherein the first control The service request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of a first manipulation service, where the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application.
本申请实施例,终端可以在收到操控服务请求后,自主获取其操控界面,进而显示在屏幕上,这样可以省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务 的过程,相应的,用户也不需要知道业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,不必记住各个操控服务的选取路径,操作简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen. Correspondingly, users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
根据第三方面,所述方法还包括:将前台业务应用从所述第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用;向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务。According to the third aspect, the method further includes: switching the foreground service application from the first service application to a second service application; sending a second manipulation service request to the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes The identification information of the second business application and/or the identification information of the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,所述向终端发送第一操控服务请求之后,还包括:接收来自所述终端的操作指令,所述操作指令是作用于所述终端上的第一操控界面上的操作产生的;根据所述操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对所述第一业务应用的操控。According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the third aspect above, after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: receiving an operation instruction from the terminal, the operation instruction acting on the generated by an operation on the first manipulation interface on the terminal; corresponding processing is executed according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,所述向终端发送第一操控服务请求之后,还包括:向所述终端发送操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;退出所述第一业务应用。According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the above third aspect, after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: sending a manipulation termination request to the terminal, the manipulation termination request including the first Identification information of a business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service; exiting the first business application.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,所述向终端发送第一操控服务请求之后,还包括:接收来自所述终端的业务终止请求;响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用。According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the above third aspect, after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, it further includes: receiving a service termination request from the terminal; in response to the service termination request, Exit the first business application.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,所述响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用之后,还包括:向所述终端发送业务应用退出响应。According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the above third aspect, after exiting the first service application in response to the service termination request, the method further includes: sending a service application exit response to the terminal.
根据第三方面,或者以上第三方面的任意一种实现方式,所述大屏中预先存储有所述第一业务应用和所述第一操控服务之间的对应关系。According to the third aspect, or any implementation manner of the above third aspect, the large screen pre-stores the correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,用作终端,包括:传输模块,用于接收来自大屏的第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述大屏上开启的第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务;显示模块,用于响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面;处理模块,用于通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device used as a terminal, including: a transmission module, configured to receive a first manipulation service request from a large screen, wherein the first manipulation service request includes the large screen The identification information of the first business application opened on the Internet and/or the identification information of the first manipulation service, the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application; a display module, configured to respond to the first manipulation service A manipulation service request, displaying a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service; a processing module configured to implement the first manipulation interface opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface A manipulation of a business application.
根据第四方面,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述大屏上进行前台业务应用切换后的第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务;所述显示模块,还用于响应于所述第二操控服务请求,显示所述第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面,其中,所述第二操控界面不同于所述第一操控界面;所述处理模块,还用于通过接收作用于所述第二操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第二业务应用的操控。According to the fourth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to receive a second manipulation service request from the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes the second business after switching the foreground business application on the large screen Application identification information and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application; the display module is further configured to respond to the second manipulation service A request to display a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service, wherein the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface; the processing module is further configured to act on the second manipulation interface by receiving The operation on the interface realizes the manipulation of the second service application opened on the large screen.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述处理模块,还用于关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面且终止所述第一操控服务;或者,关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面但保留所述第一操控服务。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the processing module is further configured to close the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminate the first manipulation service; or, close the second manipulation service A control interface for a control service but retains the first control service.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述处理模块,具体用于通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,产生对应的操作指令;所述传输模块,还用于将所述操作指令发送给所述大屏。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the processing module is specifically configured to generate a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface; the transmission module, It is also used to send the operation instruction to the large screen.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述大屏的操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;所述处理模块,还用于响应于所述操控终止请求,不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to receive a manipulation termination request from the large screen, and the manipulation termination request includes the identification of the first service application information and/or identification information of the first manipulation service; the processing module is further configured to, in response to the manipulation termination request, no longer display the first manipulation interface.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于向所述大屏发送业务终止请求;所述处理模块,还用于不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to send a service termination request to the large screen; the processing module is further configured to no longer display the first control interface.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述大屏的业务应用退出响应;所述处理模块,还用于响应于所述业务应用退出响应,不再显示所述第一操控界面。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to receive a service application exit response from the large screen; the processing module is further configured to respond to the service The application quits responding, and the first manipulation interface is no longer displayed.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为视频点播应用,所述第一操控服务为视频播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括视频进度条、视频选集和推荐视频中的一种或多种控件。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the first service application is a video-on-demand application, and the first manipulation service is a video broadcast control service; the first manipulation interface includes a video progress bar One or more of the controls in , Collections, and Recommended Videos.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为K歌应用,所述第一操控服务为K歌播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括推荐歌曲列表和已选歌曲列表中的一种或多种控件,所述推荐歌曲列表包括一首或多首歌曲,所述已选歌曲列表包括用户从所述推荐歌曲列表中选取的歌曲。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation of the fourth aspect above, the first business application is a karaoke application, and the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service; the first manipulation interface includes recommended songs One or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes songs selected by the user from the list of recommended songs.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为图库应用,所述第一操控服务为图库操控服务;所述第一操控界面包括多张缩略图,所述多张缩略图和所述图库应用中包含的多张图像对应。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the first business application is a gallery application, and the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service; the first manipulation interface includes multiple thumbnails, The plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为游戏应用,所述第一操控服务为游戏操控服务;所述第一操控界面包括游戏画面和/或游戏操作按键中的一种或多种控件。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the first business application is a game application, and the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service; the first manipulation interface includes a game screen and/or One or more controls in the game operation buttons.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一业务应用为直播应用,所述第一操控服务为直播播控服务;所述第一操控界面包括直播列表,所述直播列表包括多个分类的子列表,任意一个所述子列表包括一个或多个直播频道。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fourth aspect, the first service application is a live broadcast application, and the first control service is a live broadcast control service; the first control interface includes a live list, so The live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
根据第四方面,或者以上第四方面的任意一种实现方式,所述第一操控界面还包括“手机遥控器”按键;当终端接收到作用于所述“手机遥控器”按键操作所产生的操作指令时,显示遥控器操作界面,所述遥控器操作界面包括上下左右方向键、OK键、增加/减少键、退出键、菜单键、开关机键中的一种或多种控件。According to the fourth aspect, or any implementation of the above fourth aspect, the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button; when the terminal receives the When operating instructions, the remote control operation interface is displayed, and the remote control operation interface includes one or more controls in the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, exit key, menu key, and power on/off key.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,用作大屏,包括:处理模块,用于开启第一业务应用;传输模块,用于向终端发送第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务。In the fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device used as a large screen, including: a processing module, configured to start a first business application; a transmission module, configured to send a first manipulation service request to a terminal, wherein the The first manipulation service request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service, where the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application.
根据第五方面,所述处理模块,还用于将前台业务应用从所述第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用;所述传输模块,还用于向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务。According to the fifth aspect, the processing module is further configured to switch the foreground business application from the first business application to the second business application; the transmission module is further configured to send a second manipulation service request to the terminal, Wherein, the second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second business application and/or identification information of the second manipulation service, and the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
根据第五方面,或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的操作指令,所述操作指令是作用于所述终端上的第一操控界面上的操作产 生的;所述处理模块,还用于根据所述操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对所述第一业务应用的操控。According to the fifth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fifth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to receive an operation instruction from the terminal, and the operation instruction acts on the first control interface on the terminal Generated by the operation on the above; the processing module is further configured to execute corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
根据第五方面,或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于向所述终端发送操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;所述处理模块,还用于退出所述第一业务应用。According to the fifth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fifth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to send a manipulation termination request to the terminal, where the manipulation termination request includes the identification information of the first service application and /or the identification information of the first manipulation service; the processing module is further configured to exit the first service application.
根据第五方面,或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的业务终止请求;所述处理模块,还用于响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用。According to the fifth aspect, or any implementation manner of the fifth aspect above, the transmission module is further configured to receive a service termination request from the terminal; the processing module is further configured to respond to the service termination request , exit the first service application.
根据第五方面,或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式,所述传输模块,还用于向所述终端发送业务应用退出响应。According to the fifth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fifth aspect, the transmission module is further configured to send a service application exit response to the terminal.
根据第五方面,或者以上第五方面的任意一种实现方式,所述电子设备中预先存储有所述第一业务应用和所述第一操控服务之间的对应关系。According to the fifth aspect, or any implementation manner of the above fifth aspect, the electronic device pre-stores the correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,包括:处理器和收发器;存储器,用于存储一个或多个程序;当所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行,使得所述一个或多个处理器实现如第二至三方面或第二至三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including: a processor and a transceiver; a memory for storing one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors Execute, so that the one or more processors implement the method in the second to third aspects or any possible implementation manners of the second to third aspects.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机程序,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序在摄像头上运行时,使得所述摄像头执行如第二至三方面或第二至三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a computer program, which is characterized in that, when the computer program is run on the camera, the camera is executed as in the second to third aspects or the second to a method in any possible implementation of the three aspects.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;所述接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向所述处理器发送所述信号,所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行如第二至三方面或第二至三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive a signal from a memory of an electronic device and send the signal to the processor. The signal, the signal includes a computer instruction stored in the memory; when the processor executes the computer instruction, the electronic device is made to perform any one of the possible functions of the second to third aspects or the second to third aspects method in the implementation.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为遥控器操控大屏的一个示例性的示意图;FIG. 1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a remote control controlling a large screen;
图2为采用遥控器在大屏上输入文字的一个示例性的示意图;Fig. 2 is an exemplary schematic diagram of using a remote controller to input text on a large screen;
图3为智慧屏应用的一个示例性的示意图;FIG. 3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a smart screen application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的应用场景40的一个示例性的结构图;FIG. 4 is an exemplary structural diagram of an application scenario 40 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的电子设备500的一个示例性的结构图;FIG. 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of an electronic device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的电子设备500的一个示例性的软件结构框图;FIG. 6 is an exemplary software structural block diagram of an electronic device 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的结构框图;Fig. 7 is an exemplary structural block diagram of the cross-device flow control of large-screen services provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程800的流程图;FIG. 8 is a flow chart of a process 800 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程900的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flow chart of a process 900 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程1000的流程图;FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a process 1000 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的建立大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的一个示例性的交互通信流图;FIG. 11 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram for establishing cross-device flow control of large-screen services provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的退出大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的一个示例性的交互通信流图;FIG. 12 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的退出大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的一个示例性的交互通 信流图;Fig. 13 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14a为P30pro的主界面的一个示意图;Figure 14a is a schematic diagram of the main interface of P30pro;
图14b为智慧屏应用的主界面的一个示意图;Fig. 14b is a schematic diagram of the main interface of the smart screen application;
图14c为遥控器操控界面的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 14c is an exemplary schematic diagram of the remote control interface;
图14d为V65的主界面的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 14d is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65;
图14e为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 14e is an exemplary schematic diagram of cross-device flow control between V65 and P30pro;
图15a为V65的主界面的一个示例性的示意图;Fig. 15a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65;
图15b为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 15b is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control;
图16a为V65的主界面的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 16a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65;
图16b为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 16b is an exemplary schematic diagram of cross-device flow control between V65 and P30pro;
图17为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 17 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control;
图18为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 18 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control;
图19为P30pro的主界面的一个示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the main interface of P30pro;
图20为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程2000的流程图;FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a process 2000 of a large-screen business cross-device flow control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图21a为V65的视频通话界面的一个示意图;Fig. 21a is a schematic diagram of the video call interface of V65;
图21b为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图;Figure 21b is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device flow control;
图22示出了本申请实施例的一种装置2200的示意性框图。Fig. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will clearly and completely describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the protection scope of this application.
本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations.
本申请实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如,第一目标对象和第二目标对象等是用于区别不同的目标对象,而不是用于描述目标对象的特定顺序。The terms "first" and "second" in the description and claims of the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order of objects. For example, the first target object, the second target object, etc. are used to distinguish different target objects, rather than describing a specific order of the target objects.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元;多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more. For example, multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。例如,多个处理单元是指两个或两个以上的处理单元;多个系统是指两个或两个以上的系统。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more. For example, multiple processing units refer to two or more processing units; multiple systems refer to two or more systems.
图1为遥控器操控大屏的一个示例性的示意图,如图1所示,遥控器上通常包括开关机键、主页键、上下左右方向键、确定键、返回键、语音键、菜单键、增加键和减小键。用户使用遥控器操控大屏时,可以点击上下左右键,以移动大屏上的焦点,在移动过程中 可以伴随焦点动效,然后点击确定键以选中当前焦点对应的内容。而随着大屏技术的发展,除了传统的电视直播场景,大屏上还新增了视频点播、K歌、运动健身、畅连通话、图库等场景。针对不同的应用场景,用户需要的操作方式也在变化,这给遥控器带来非常大的挑战。例如,图2为采用遥控器在大屏上输入文字的一个示例性的示意图,如图2所示,输入“我的智慧屏”五个字,用户需要点击上下左右键,将焦点移动至每个字的所有拼音字母上,并且每选定一个字母点击一次确定键,这大概需要60步。可见用遥控器执行复杂的操作会很繁琐,无法满足大屏上各种应用场景的操控要求。Figure 1 is an exemplary schematic diagram of a remote control controlling a large screen. As shown in Figure 1, the remote control usually includes a power button, a home button, up, down, left, and right arrow keys, a confirmation key, a return key, a voice key, a menu key, Increase key and decrease key. When using the remote control to control the large screen, the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys to move the focus on the large screen. During the movement, the focus can be accompanied by a dynamic effect, and then click the OK button to select the content corresponding to the current focus. With the development of large-screen technology, in addition to the traditional live TV scene, video-on-demand, karaoke, sports and fitness, smooth calls, gallery and other scenes have been added to the big screen. For different application scenarios, the operation mode required by the user is also changing, which brings great challenges to the remote control. For example, Figure 2 is an exemplary schematic diagram of using a remote control to input text on a large screen. As shown in Figure 2, to input the five characters "My Smart Screen", the user needs to click On all the pinyin letters of a word, and click the OK button every time a letter is selected, which takes about 60 steps. It can be seen that it will be very cumbersome to perform complex operations with the remote control, which cannot meet the control requirements of various application scenarios on the large screen.
基于此,相关技术中,可以采用手机遥控大屏,即在手机上安装智慧屏应用,图3为智慧屏应用的一个示例性的示意图,如图3所示,在智慧屏应用的主界面上显示已连接的大屏为华为智慧屏,并且华为智慧屏的今日使用时长为4小时48分钟,可以点击右侧的开关机键打开/关闭华为智慧屏。下方的镜像操控、遥控器、畅联通话、搜索影片、留言板、远程看家等按键,可以分别在点击后进入对应的应用场景的操控服务界面。例如,点击“遥控器”按键,手机上可以显示一个与图1所示的遥控器的面板相似的模拟遥控器,例如图14c所示。可见,通过智慧屏应用提供的操控服务输入大屏命令,可以解决遥控器的物理按键少而引起的无法满足操控要求的问题。Based on this, in related technologies, the mobile phone can be used to remotely control the large screen, that is, the smart screen application is installed on the mobile phone. Figure 3 is an exemplary schematic diagram of the smart screen application. As shown in Figure 3, on the main interface of the smart screen application It shows that the connected large screen is Huawei Smart Screen, and the usage time of Huawei Smart Screen today is 4 hours and 48 minutes. You can click the power button on the right to turn on/off Huawei Smart Screen. The mirror control, remote control, smooth call, search video, message board, remote housekeeping and other buttons below can be clicked to enter the control service interface of the corresponding application scene. For example, by clicking the "remote control" button, an analog remote control similar to the panel of the remote control shown in Figure 1 can be displayed on the mobile phone, as shown in Figure 14c for example. It can be seen that inputting large-screen commands through the control service provided by the smart screen application can solve the problem that the remote control cannot meet the control requirements caused by the lack of physical buttons.
但是,如上所述,即使智慧屏应用可以针对各种大屏的应用场景提供对应的操控服务,但是选择对应的操控服务这个过程,既需要用户提前知晓应用场景和操控服务之间的对应关系,又需要用户记住各个操控服务的选取路径,不但操作复杂,还影响用户体验。However, as mentioned above, even if the smart screen application can provide corresponding control services for various large-screen application scenarios, the process of selecting the corresponding control service requires the user to know the corresponding relationship between the application scenario and the control service in advance. It also requires the user to remember the selection path of each control service, which not only complicates the operation, but also affects the user experience.
因此本申请实施例提供了一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,以解决上述问题。示例性地,应用本申请实施例提供的跨设备流转操控方法,在图2所示的需要在大屏上输入文字的场景中,用户的终端设备上(例如手机)就可以自动弹出键盘,用户可以通过操作终端设备来方便地在大屏的输入框中输入文字。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services to solve the above problems. Exemplarily, by applying the cross-device transfer control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, in the scenario shown in FIG. You can conveniently input text in the input box on the large screen by operating the terminal device.
在对本申请实施例的技术方案说明之前,首先结合附图对本申请实施例的应用场景进行说明。图4为本申请实施例提供的应用场景40的一个示例性的结构图,如图4所示,在应用场景40中,可以包括至少两个电子设备,例如,设备A、设备B和设备C,其中,至少有一个电子设备为大屏,该大屏可以是智慧屏,也可以指运行有操作系统和应用程序、外接显示设备的机顶盒(例如电视盒子)等,至少有一个电子设备为终端,该终端可以是手机、平板电脑等。应用场景40还可以包括云端服务器。Before describing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, firstly, the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. FIG. 4 is an exemplary structural diagram of an application scenario 40 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , in the application scenario 40, at least two electronic devices may be included, for example, device A, device B and device C , wherein at least one electronic device is a large screen, the large screen can be a smart screen, or it can refer to a set-top box (such as a TV box) running an operating system and an application program and an external display device, etc., and at least one electronic device is a terminal , the terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and the like. The application scenario 40 may also include a cloud server.
本申请实施例中,大屏上部署多种可以在大屏上使用的业务应用,例如,直播、视频点播、K歌、运动健身、游戏等;终端上部署对应于前述业务应用的多种操控服务,例如,手机遥控器、视频播控服务、运动操控服务、游戏操控服务等。该多种操控服务可以由安装于终端上的应用(例如智慧屏应用)提供;云端服务器上部署与大屏相关的设备数据、内容数据等,例如,操控服务的卡片或小程序数据,又例如,视频内容海报、视频推荐等,用于同步到终端的应用中,进而显示于终端的屏幕上。In the embodiment of this application, a variety of business applications that can be used on the large screen are deployed on the large screen, such as live broadcast, video on demand, karaoke, sports and fitness, games, etc.; various controls corresponding to the aforementioned business applications are deployed on the terminal Services, such as mobile phone remote control, video broadcast control service, motion control service, game control service, etc. The various control services can be provided by applications installed on the terminal (for example, smart screen applications); device data and content data related to the large screen are deployed on the cloud server, for example, card or small program data for control services, and for example , video content posters, video recommendations, etc., are used to synchronize to the application of the terminal, and then displayed on the screen of the terminal.
应理解,本申请实施例对应用场景40中包括的电子设备的数量和形态不做具体限定。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the quantity and form of electronic devices included in the application scenario 40 .
此外,应用场景40的任意两个电子设备、以及云端服务器相互通信可以有多种不同的方式,例如,通过连接的方式或者借助于未来通信技术的方式进行通信以传输数据。其中,连接的方式可以包括有线连接或者无线连接等多种不同连接方式。示例性的,两个电子设备之间可以是通过USB数据线连接;两个电子设备之间的无线连接可以是通过建立 Wi-Fi连接、近场通信的靠近连接、蓝牙扫码连接等。两个电子设备还可以借助于未来通信技术的方式,例如通过在手机和平板上安装不同或相同的应用,借助于5G通信网络传输数据,本申请对两个电子设备、以及云端服务器之间的连接方式或者通信方式不做限定。In addition, any two electronic devices in the application scenario 40 and the cloud server may communicate with each other in many different ways, for example, communicate through connection or by means of future communication technologies to transmit data. Wherein, the connection manner may include various connection manners such as wired connection or wireless connection. Exemplarily, the two electronic devices may be connected through a USB data cable; the wireless connection between the two electronic devices may be through establishing a Wi-Fi connection, a proximity connection of near field communication, a Bluetooth code scanning connection, and the like. Two electronic devices can also use future communication technologies, for example, by installing different or the same applications on mobile phones and tablets, and transmit data with the help of 5G communication networks. The connection method or communication method is not limited.
本申请实施例中,应用场景40中的至少两个电子设备之间可以相互绑定,建立绑定关系的方法可以包括以下任意一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present application, at least two electronic devices in the application scenario 40 may be bound to each other, and the method for establishing the binding relationship may include any one or more of the following:
(1)处于同一局域网中,且采用同一账号(例如华为账号)登录的多个电子设备之间自动建立绑定关系。(1) Automatically establish a binding relationship between multiple electronic devices that are in the same local area network and log in with the same account (such as a Huawei account).
(2)通过碰一碰、扫码等方式可以在多个电子设备之间建立绑定关系。(2) A binding relationship can be established between multiple electronic devices through methods such as touch and code scanning.
建立起绑定关系的多个电子设备可以分别维护一个电子设备列表,该列表中罗列出了与自己具有绑定关系的电子设备的信息,该电子设备的信息可以包括电子设备的设备标识、设备类型、设备型号等。例如,大屏维护的电子设备列表包括两个电子设备的设备标识,该两个电子设备是手机和平板电脑。此外,电子设备列表中还可以包括电子设备的操控服务信息,例如,电子设备可以提供的操控服务的标识信息(例如操控服务的名称、索引等)。Multiple electronic devices that have established a binding relationship can maintain an electronic device list respectively, and the list lists the information of electronic devices that have a binding relationship with themselves. The information of the electronic device can include the device identification of the electronic device, Device type, device model, etc. For example, the electronic device list maintained by the large screen includes device identifiers of two electronic devices, and the two electronic devices are a mobile phone and a tablet computer. In addition, the electronic device list may also include information about the operation service of the electronic device, for example, identification information of the operation service that the electronic device can provide (such as the name and index of the operation service).
本申请实施例中,电子设备可以周期性地更新电子设备列表,例如,每间隔预定时长,电子设备就搜索一下周围环境,看是否有同一局域网中,且采用同一账号的电子设备,并根据搜索结果更新电子设备列表;电子设备也可以基于某一事件的触发更新电子设备列表,例如,当有其它电子设备与该电子设备碰一碰时,或者扫描该电子设备显示的二维码时,电子设备可以将该其它电子设备加入电子设备列表中。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device can periodically update the electronic device list. For example, every predetermined time interval, the electronic device searches the surrounding environment to see if there is an electronic device with the same account in the same local area network, and according to the search As a result, the electronic device list is updated; the electronic device can also update the electronic device list based on the trigger of a certain event, for example, when other electronic devices touch the electronic device, or scan the QR code displayed by the electronic device, the electronic device The device can add the other electronic device into the list of electronic devices.
需要说明的是,除了上述两种方法外,本申请还可以采用其它方法建立多个电子设备之间的绑定关系,从而构成应用场景,本申请对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that, in addition to the above two methods, the present application may also adopt other methods to establish a binding relationship between multiple electronic devices, thereby constituting an application scenario, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
图5为本申请实施例提供的电子设备500的一个示例性的结构图,如图5所示,电子设备500可以为图4所示应用场景40包括的至少两个电子设备中的任意一个。FIG. 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of an electronic device 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the electronic device 500 may be any one of at least two electronic devices included in the application scenario 40 shown in FIG. 4 .
应该理解的是,图5所示电子设备500仅是一个范例,并且电子设备500可以具有比图中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图5中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。It should be understood that the electronic device 500 shown in FIG. 5 is only an example, and that the electronic device 500 may have more or fewer components than shown in the figure, may combine two or more components, or may with different part configurations. The various components shown in Figure 5 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
电子设备500可以包括:处理器510,外部存储器接口520,内部存储器521,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口530,充电管理模块540,电源管理模块541,电池542,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块550,无线通信模块560,音频模块570,扬声器570A,受话器570B,麦克风570C,耳机接口570D,传感器模块580,按键590,马达591,指示器592,摄像头593,显示屏594,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口595等。其中传感器模块580可以包括压力传感器580A,陀螺仪传感器580B,气压传感器580C,磁传感器580D,加速度传感器580E,距离传感器580F,接近光传感器580G,指纹传感器580H,温度传感器580J,触摸传感器580K,环境光传感器580L,骨传导传感器580M等。The electronic device 500 may include: a processor 510, an external memory interface 520, an internal memory 521, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 530, a charging management module 540, a power management module 541, a battery 542, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2. Mobile communication module 550, wireless communication module 560, audio module 570, speaker 570A, receiver 570B, microphone 570C, earphone jack 570D, sensor module 580, buttons 590, motor 591, indicator 592, camera 593, display screen 594, And a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 595, etc. The sensor module 580 may include a pressure sensor 580A, a gyroscope sensor 580B, an air pressure sensor 580C, a magnetic sensor 580D, an acceleration sensor 580E, a distance sensor 580F, a proximity light sensor 580G, a fingerprint sensor 580H, a temperature sensor 580J, a touch sensor 580K, and ambient light Sensor 580L, bone conduction sensor 580M, etc.
处理器510可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器510可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码 器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 510 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 510 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU) wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备500的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。Wherein, the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 500 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
处理器510中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器510中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器510刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器510需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器510的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 510 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 510 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 510 has just used or recycled. If the processor 510 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 510 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器510可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 510 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器510可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器510可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器580K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头593等。例如:处理器510可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器580K,使处理器510与触摸传感器580K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备500的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, processor 510 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 510 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 580K, the charger, the flashlight, the camera 593 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 510 may be coupled to the touch sensor 580K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 510 and the touch sensor 580K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the electronic device 500 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器510可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器510可以通过I2S总线与音频模块570耦合,实现处理器510与音频模块570之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块570可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块560传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, processor 510 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 510 may be coupled to the audio module 570 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 510 and the audio module 570 . In some embodiments, the audio module 570 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 560 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块570与无线通信模块560可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块570也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块560传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding the analog signal. In some embodiments, the audio module 570 and the wireless communication module 560 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 570 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 560 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器510与无线通信模块560。例如:处理器510通过UART接口与无线通信模块560中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块570可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块560传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 510 and the wireless communication module 560 . For example: the processor 510 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 560 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 570 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 560 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器510与显示屏594,摄像头593等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器510和摄像头593通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备500的拍摄功能。处理器510和显示屏594通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备500的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 510 with peripheral devices such as a display screen 594 and a camera 593 . MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 510 communicates with the camera 593 through the CSI interface to realize the shooting function of the electronic device 500 . The processor 510 communicates with the display screen 594 through the DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 500 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器510与摄像头593,显示屏594,无线通信模块560,音频模块570,传感器模块580等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 510 with the camera 593 , the display screen 594 , the wireless communication module 560 , the audio module 570 , the sensor module 580 and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口530是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口530可以用于连接充电器为电子设备500充电,也可以用于电子设备500与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 530 is an interface conforming to the USB standard specification, specifically, it may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 530 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 500, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 500 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through them. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
应该理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备500的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备500也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It should be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 500 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 500 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块540用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块540可以通过USB接口530接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块540可以通过电子设备500的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块540为电池542充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块541为电子设备供电。The charging management module 540 is used for receiving charging input from the charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 540 can receive charging input from a wired charger through the USB interface 530 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 540 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 500 . While the charging management module 540 is charging the battery 542 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 541 .
电源管理模块541用于连接电池542,充电管理模块540与处理器510。电源管理模块541接收电池542和/或充电管理模块540的输入,为处理器510,内部存储器521,外部存储器,显示屏594,摄像头593,和无线通信模块560等供电。电源管理模块541还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块541也可以设置于处理器510中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块541和充电管理模块540也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 541 is used for connecting the battery 542 , the charging management module 540 and the processor 510 . The power management module 541 receives the input of the battery 542 and/or the charging management module 540, and supplies power for the processor 510, the internal memory 521, the external memory, the display screen 594, the camera 593, and the wireless communication module 560, etc. The power management module 541 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 541 may also be set in the processor 510 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 541 and the charging management module 540 may also be set in the same device.
电子设备500的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块550,无线通信模块560,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 500 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 550, the wireless communication module 560, the modem processor and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备500中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。 Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 500 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块550可以提供应用在电子设备500上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块550可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块550可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块550还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块550的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器510中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块550的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器510的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 550 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 500 . The mobile communication module 550 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 550 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 550 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, convert it into electromagnetic wave and radiate it through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 550 may be set in the processor 510 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 550 and at least part of the modules of the processor 510 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器570A,受话器570B等) 输出声音信号,或通过显示屏594显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器510,与移动通信模块550或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 570A, receiver 570B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 594 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 510, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 550 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块560可以提供应用在电子设备500上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块560可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块560经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器510。无线通信模块560还可以从处理器510接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 560 can provide wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite, etc. applied on the electronic device 500. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 560 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 560 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 510 . The wireless communication module 560 can also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 510 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,电子设备500的天线1和移动通信模块550耦合,天线2和无线通信模块560耦合,使得电子设备500可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 500 is coupled to the mobile communication module 550, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 560, so that the electronic device 500 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备500通过GPU,显示屏594,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏594和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器510可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 500 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 594, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display screen 594 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 510 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏594用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏594包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备500可以包括1个或N个显示屏594,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 594 is used to display images, videos and the like. Display 594 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 500 may include 1 or N display screens 594, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
电子设备500可以通过ISP,摄像头593,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏594以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 500 can realize the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 593 , a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 594 , and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头593反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头593中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 593 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 593 .
摄像头593用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备500可以包括1个或N个摄像头593,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 593 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 500 may include 1 or N cameras 593, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备500在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 500 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备500可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备500可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 500 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 500 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备500的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By referring to the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 500 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口520可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备500的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口520与处理器510通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 520 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 500. The external memory card communicates with the processor 510 through the external memory interface 520 to implement a data storage function. Such as saving music, video and other files in the external memory card.
内部存储器521可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器510通过运行存储在内部存储器521的指令,从而执行电子设备500的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器521可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备500使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器521可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 521 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The processor 510 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 500 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 521 . The internal memory 521 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 500 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 521 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
电子设备500可以通过音频模块570,扬声器570A,受话器570B,麦克风570C,耳机接口570D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 500 can implement audio functions through an audio module 570 , a speaker 570A, a receiver 570B, a microphone 570C, an earphone interface 570D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块570用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块570还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块570可以设置于处理器510中,或将音频模块570的部分功能模块设置于处理器510中。The audio module 570 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 570 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 570 may be set in the processor 510 , or some functional modules of the audio module 570 may be set in the processor 510 .
扬声器570A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备500可以通过扬声器570A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。The speaker 570A, also called "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. Electronic device 500 can listen to music through speaker 570A, or listen to hands-free calls.
受话器570B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备500接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器570B靠近人耳接听语音。 Receiver 570B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into audio signals. When the electronic device 500 receives a call or a voice message, the receiver 570B can be placed close to the human ear to receive the voice.
麦克风570C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风570C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风 570C。电子设备500可以设置至少一个麦克风570C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备500可以设置两个麦克风570C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备500还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风570C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。 Microphone 570C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by putting his mouth close to the microphone 570C, and input the sound signal to the microphone 570C. The electronic device 500 may be provided with at least one microphone 570C. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 500 may be provided with two microphones 570C, which may also implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 500 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 570C, so as to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions, etc.
耳机接口570D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口570D可以是USB接口530,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 570D is used for connecting wired earphones. The earphone interface 570D may be a USB interface 530, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (open mobile terminal platform, OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器580A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器580A可以设置于显示屏594。压力传感器580A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器580A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备500根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏594,电子设备500根据压力传感器580A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备500也可以根据压力传感器580A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 580A is used to sense the pressure signal and convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, pressure sensor 580A may be located on display screen 594 . There are many types of pressure sensors 580A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors. A capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to pressure sensor 580A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 500 determines the intensity of pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 594, the electronic device 500 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 580A. The electronic device 500 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 580A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to view short messages is executed. When a touch operation whose intensity is greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the icon of the short message application, the instruction of creating a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器580B可以用于确定电子设备500的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器580B确定电子设备500围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器580B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器580B检测电子设备500抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备500的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器580B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 580B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 500 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 500 about three axes (ie, x, y and z axes) may be determined by the gyro sensor 580B. The gyro sensor 580B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 580B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 500, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the electronic device 500 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyroscope sensor 580B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器580C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备500通过气压传感器580C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 580C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 500 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 580C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器580D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备500可以利用磁传感器580D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备500是翻盖机时,电子设备500可以根据磁传感器580D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 580D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 500 may use the magnetic sensor 580D to detect the opening and closing of the flip leather case. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 500 is a flip machine, the electronic device 500 may detect opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 580D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器580E可检测电子设备500在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备500静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 580E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 500 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 500 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器580F,用于测量距离。电子设备500可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备500可以利用距离传感器580F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 580F, used to measure distance. The electronic device 500 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 500 can use the distance sensor 580F for distance measurement to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器580G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备500通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备500使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备500附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备500可以确定电 子设备500附近没有物体。电子设备500可以利用接近光传感器580G检测用户手持电子设备500贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器580G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。Proximity light sensor 580G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The electronic device 500 emits infrared light through the light emitting diode. Electronic device 500 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 500 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 500 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 500. The electronic device 500 can use the proximity light sensor 580G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 500 close to the ear to make a call, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. Proximity light sensor 580G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
环境光传感器580L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备500可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏594亮度。环境光传感器580L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器580L还可以与接近光传感器580G配合,检测电子设备500是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 580L is used for sensing ambient light brightness. The electronic device 500 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 594 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 580L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 580L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 580G to detect whether the electronic device 500 is in the pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器580H用于采集指纹。电子设备500可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 580H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 500 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access to application locks, fingerprint photography, and fingerprint answering of incoming calls.
温度传感器580J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备500利用温度传感器580J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器580J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备500执行降低位于温度传感器580J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备500对电池542加热,以避免低温导致电子设备500异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备500对电池542的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 580J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 500 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 580J to implement a temperature treatment strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 580J exceeds the threshold, the electronic device 500 may reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 580J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 500 heats the battery 542 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 500 caused by the low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 500 boosts the output voltage of the battery 542 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器580K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器580K可以设置于显示屏594,由触摸传感器580K与显示屏594组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器580K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏594提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器580K也可以设置于电子设备500的表面,与显示屏594所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 580K, also known as "touch panel". The touch sensor 580K can be arranged on the display screen 594, and the touch sensor 580K and the display screen 594 form a touch screen, also called “touch screen”. The touch sensor 580K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to touch operations can be provided through the display screen 594 . In some other embodiments, the touch sensor 580K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 500 , which is different from the position of the display screen 594 .
骨传导传感器580M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器580M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器580M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器580M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块570可以基于所述骨传导传感器580M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器580M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 580M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 580M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 580M can also touch the human pulse and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 580M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined into a bone conduction earphone. The audio module 570 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the vocal part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 580M, so as to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 580M, so as to realize the heart rate detection function.
按键590包括开机键,音量键等。按键590可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备500可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备500的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 590 include a power key, a volume key and the like. The key 590 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 500 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 500 .
马达591可以产生振动提示。马达591可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏594不同区域的触摸操作,马达591也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 591 can generate a vibrating reminder. The motor 591 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) may correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 591 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 594 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器592可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 592 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, the change of the battery capacity, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications and so on.
SIM卡接口595用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口595,或从SIM卡接口595拔出,实现和电子设备500的接触和分离。电子设备500可以支持1个或N个 SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口595可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口595可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口595也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口595也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备500通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备500采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备500中,不能和电子设备500分离。The SIM card interface 595 is used for connecting a SIM card. The SIM card can be connected and separated from the electronic device 500 by inserting it into the SIM card interface 595 or pulling it out from the SIM card interface 595 . The electronic device 500 can support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. SIM card interface 595 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card etc. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 595 at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 595 is also compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 595 is also compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 500 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as calling and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 500 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 500 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 500 .
电子设备500的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备500的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 500 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present application takes the Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 500 .
图6是本申请实施例提供的电子设备500的一个示例性的软件结构框图。FIG. 6 is a block diagram of an exemplary software structure of an electronic device 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
电子设备500的分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture of the electronic device 500 divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, which are respectively the application program layer, the application program framework layer, the Android runtime (Android runtime) and the system library, and the kernel layer from top to bottom.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can consist of a series of application packages.
如图6所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in FIG. 6, the application package may include application programs such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图6所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,电话管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 6, the application framework layer can include window manager, phone manager, content provider, view system, resource manager, notification manager, etc.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备500的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide communication functions of the electronic device 500 . For example, the management of call status (including connected, hung up, etc.).
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications. Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, prompting text information in the status bar, issuing a prompt sound, vibrating the electronic device, and flashing the indicator light, etc.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. The Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),二维图形引擎(例如:SGL),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),媒体库(Media Libraries)等。A system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), two-dimensional graphics engine (for example: SGL), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), media library (Media Libraries), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,音频驱动,Wi-Fi驱动,传感器驱动,蓝牙驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer includes at least a display driver, an audio driver, a Wi-Fi driver, a sensor driver, and a Bluetooth driver.
应该理解的是,图6示出的软件结构包含的部件,并不构成对电子设备500的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备500可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be understood that the components included in the software structure shown in FIG. 6 do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 500 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 500 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
本申请可以在大屏上部署大屏业务应用,在终端上部署操控服务,从而通过终端上的操控服务对大屏上对应的大屏业务应用进行操控,以实现大屏业务的跨设备流转操控。This application can deploy large-screen business applications on the large screen, and deploy control services on the terminal, so as to control the corresponding large-screen business application on the large screen through the control service on the terminal, so as to realize cross-device flow control of large-screen services .
图7是本申请实施例提供的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的结构框图。如图7所示,大屏上部署多种业务应用(示例为业务应用1-3),例如,直播、视频点播、K歌、运动健身、游戏等;终端上部署对应于前述业务应用的多种操控服务(示例为操控服务1-3),例如,手机遥控器、视频播控服务、运动操控服务、游戏操控服务等。大屏上的业务应用和终端上的操控服务可以具备如下对应关系:操控服务1和业务应用1对应,操控服务2和业务应用2对应,操控服务3和业务应用3对应。例如,直播业务操控服务操控直播应用,视频播控服务操控视频点播应用,运动操控服务操控运动健身应用,游戏操控服务操控游戏应用,等等。Fig. 7 is an exemplary structural block diagram of the cross-device flow control of the large-screen service provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, multiple business applications (for example, business applications 1-3) are deployed on the large screen, such as live broadcast, video on demand, karaoke, sports and fitness, games, etc.; Control services (for example, control services 1-3), such as mobile phone remote control, video broadcast control service, motion control service, game control service, etc. The business application on the large screen and the control service on the terminal may have the following correspondence: control service 1 corresponds to business application 1, control service 2 corresponds to business application 2, and control service 3 corresponds to business application 3. For example, the live service control service controls live broadcast applications, the video broadcast control service controls video-on-demand applications, the sports control service controls sports and fitness applications, the game control service controls game applications, and so on.
此外,大屏和终端上均部署了框架层,该框架层包括:分布式软总线、分布式安全认证、分布式任务调度和流转任务管理服务,其中,In addition, the framework layer is deployed on both the large screen and the terminal, which includes: distributed soft bus, distributed security authentication, distributed task scheduling and transfer task management services, among which,
分布式软总线使用基于手机、平板电脑、智能穿戴设备、智慧屏等分布式设备的统一通信基座,为电子设备之间的互联互通提供统一的分布式通信能力;分布式安全认证提供E2E的加密通道,为用户的应用程序提供安全的跨设备传输机制,保证“正确的人,通过正确的设备,正确地使用数据”;分布式任务调度提供远程服务启动、远程服务连接、远程迁移等能力,可以通过不同能力的组合,支撑用户的应用程序完成跨设备迁移或多设备协同的业务体验;流转任务管理服务实施用户的应用程序的注册,提供流转入口、状态维护、状态显示、退出流转等管理能力。The distributed soft bus uses a unified communication base based on distributed devices such as mobile phones, tablets, smart wearable devices, and smart screens to provide unified distributed communication capabilities for the interconnection and intercommunication between electronic devices; distributed security authentication provides E2E The encrypted channel provides a secure cross-device transmission mechanism for user applications, ensuring that "the correct person uses the correct data through the correct device"; distributed task scheduling provides capabilities such as remote service startup, remote service connection, and remote migration Through the combination of different capabilities, it can support the user's application to complete cross-device migration or multi-device collaboration business experience; the transfer task management service implements the registration of the user's application, provides transfer entry, status maintenance, status display, exit transfer, etc. management ability.
基于上述图4-图7所示实施例,本申请实施例提供了一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,以简化确定操控服务时的操作过程,提升用户体验。Based on the above-mentioned embodiments shown in FIG. 4-FIG. 7, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services, so as to simplify the operation process when determining and controlling services and improve user experience.
图8为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程800的流程图。过程800可由应用场景40中的两个电子设备共同执行,其中,一个电子设备为大屏,另一个 电子设备为终端。过程800描述为一系列的步骤或操作,应当理解的是,过程800可以以各种顺序执行和/或同时发生,不限于图8所示的执行顺序。过程800可以包括:FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a process 800 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application. The process 800 can be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal. The process 800 is described as a series of steps or operations. It should be understood that the process 800 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 8 . Process 800 may include:
步骤801、大屏上开启业务应用。Step 801, start the business application on the big screen.
在大屏上开启业务应用,此时该业务应用显示于大屏的屏幕上,可以将该业务应用称作大屏的前台业务应用。When a service application is started on the large screen, the service application is displayed on the screen of the large screen at this time, and the service application may be called a foreground service application of the large screen.
步骤802、大屏向终端发送操控服务请求。Step 802, the large screen sends a manipulation service request to the terminal.
为了实现大屏和终端的业务应用的跨设备流转操控,大屏在开启了业务应用后,可以向终端发送操控服务请求。In order to realize the cross-device flow control of the business application of the large screen and the terminal, after the business application is opened on the large screen, it can send a control service request to the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,操控服务请求包括请求的操控服务的标识信息,该操控服务是对应于大屏的前台业务应用的操控服务,即大屏向终端请求的操控服务正是用于操控前台业务应用的。大屏中可以存储预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,当大屏需要对前台业务应用进行跨设备流转操控时,可以查询对应关系以获取与前台业务应用对应的操控服务,进而将该操控服务的标识信息写入操控服务请求发送给终端,以使得终端可以根据操控服务的标识信息确定大屏请求的操控服务。操控服务的标识信息可以是操控服务的名称、索引等。In a possible implementation manner, the manipulation service request includes identification information of the requested manipulation service, and the manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application of the large screen, that is, the manipulation service requested by the large screen from the terminal is for Control the foreground business application. The large screen can store the preset correspondence between business applications and control services. When the large screen needs to perform cross-device flow control on the foreground business application, it can query the corresponding relationship to obtain the control service corresponding to the foreground business application, and then The identification information of the manipulation service is written into the manipulation service request and sent to the terminal, so that the terminal can determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen according to the identification information of the manipulation service. The identification information of the manipulation service may be the name, index, etc. of the manipulation service.
在一种可能的实现方式中,操控服务请求包括大屏的前台业务应用的标识信息,这样终端就可以根据前台业务应用的标识信息确定前台业务应用,然后根据预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,确定与前台业务应用对应的操控服务。In a possible implementation, the control service request includes the identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen, so that the terminal can determine the foreground business application according to the identification information of the foreground business application, and then according to the preset business application and control service The corresponding relationship between them determines the manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,操控服务请求可以既包括请求的操控服务的标识信息,又包括大屏上前台业务应用的标识信息。In a possible implementation manner, the manipulation service request may include both identification information of the requested manipulation service and identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen.
例如,大屏上的前台业务应用为游戏应用(例如赛车游戏),只用遥控器的话这个游戏很难操控,因此大屏向终端发送操控服务请求,该操控服务请求包括赛车游戏操控服务的名称,以请求通过终端上的赛车游戏操控服务对赛车游戏进行操控。For example, the foreground business application on the large screen is a game application (such as a racing game), which is difficult to control if only the remote control is used, so the large screen sends a control service request to the terminal, and the control service request includes the name of the racing game control service to request to control the racing game through the racing game control service on the terminal.
步骤803、终端响应于操控服务请求,显示操控服务对应的操控界面。In step 803, the terminal displays a manipulation interface corresponding to the manipulation service in response to the manipulation service request.
终端收到操控服务请求后,可以基于操控服务请求中的操控服务的标识信息确定大屏所请求的操控服务。或者,终端收到操控服务请求后,可以基于操控服务请求中的前台业务应用的标识信息确定大屏上的前台业务应用,进而根据预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,确定与前台业务应用对应的操控服务。After receiving the manipulation service request, the terminal may determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation service request. Alternatively, after receiving the manipulation service request, the terminal may determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the foreground business application in the manipulation service request, and then determine the corresponding The control service corresponding to the foreground business application.
终端需要获取一些数据用于生成操控服务的操控界面。这些数据中可以有一部分来自云端服务器,另一部分来自大屏,其中,来自云端服务器的数据可以包括业务应用的内容数据、基于用户的个人习惯的推荐信息、用户的历史收藏、用户的通讯录、业务应用的设置信息等;来自大屏的数据可以包括大屏的截图、大屏上的图库、大屏上安装的业务应用列表等。应理解,终端生成的操控界面与操控服务是一一对应的,因此生成操控界面所需要的数据与操控服务以及该操控服务对应的业务应用是相关联的,这些数据并不限定于前述示例,还可以包括其它数据,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The terminal needs to obtain some data to generate a control interface for the control service. Some of these data can come from the cloud server, and the other part can come from the large screen. The data from the cloud server can include content data of business applications, recommendation information based on the user's personal habits, user's historical collection, user's address book, Setting information of business applications, etc.; data from the large screen may include screenshots of the large screen, a gallery on the large screen, a list of business applications installed on the large screen, etc. It should be understood that there is a one-to-one correspondence between the control interface generated by the terminal and the control service, so the data required to generate the control interface is associated with the control service and the service application corresponding to the control service, and these data are not limited to the foregoing examples. Other data may also be included, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
当大屏首次请求上述操控服务时,终端中可能没有上述生成操控界面所需要的数据,或者只有部分生成操控界面所需要的数据,此时终端可以向云端服务器和/或大屏发送业务应用数据请求,从而得到存储于云端服务器和/或大屏上的数据,终端可以基于前述数据获取操控服务的操控界面,进而以卡片或者小程序的形式显示于屏幕上,供用户操作使 用。When the large screen requests the above-mentioned control service for the first time, the terminal may not have the data required to generate the control interface, or only part of the data required to generate the control interface. At this time, the terminal can send business application data to the cloud server and/or the large screen request, so as to obtain the data stored on the cloud server and/or on the large screen, the terminal can obtain the control interface of the control service based on the aforementioned data, and then display it on the screen in the form of a card or applet for user operation and use.
当大屏非首次请求上述操控服务时,终端已经在之前的提供操控服务时获取了上述生成操控界面所需要的数据,并且还存储有之前的提供操控服务的过程中的操控数据,这样终端可以不必再向云端服务器和/或大屏发送业务应用数据请求,此时终端可以基于历史数据直接将操控服务的操控界面以卡片或者小程序的形式显示于屏幕上,供用户操作使用。可选的,在非首次提供操控服务时,终端也可以向云端服务器和/或大屏发送业务应用数据请求,从而获取到生成操控界面所需要的增量数据,不必把所有生成操控界面所需要的数据再下载一次,这样既可以获取业务应用的新增数据,例如,游戏应用的游戏进度、共享应用的同步数据等,又可以提高操控界面的获取效率。When the large screen does not request the above-mentioned control service for the first time, the terminal has obtained the data required for the above-mentioned generation of the control interface during the previous provision of the control service, and also stored the control data during the previous process of providing the control service, so that the terminal can It is no longer necessary to send business application data requests to the cloud server and/or the large screen. At this time, the terminal can directly display the control interface of the control service on the screen in the form of a card or applet based on historical data for user operation. Optionally, when the control service is not provided for the first time, the terminal can also send a business application data request to the cloud server and/or the large screen, so as to obtain the incremental data needed to generate the control interface, without having to send all the data required to generate the control interface Download the data again, so that new data of business applications can be obtained, such as game progress of game applications, synchronization data of shared applications, etc., and the efficiency of obtaining control interfaces can be improved.
操控界面可以根据前台业务应用的需求,显示相应的按键、滑块、上/下拉菜单等触控组件,以及与前台业务应用对应的缩略图、使用画面等。例如,视频点播应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,可以包括当前视频播放的进度条、当前视频的选集按键、推荐的视频的缩略图等,用户可以拖动进度条调整大屏上播放的当前视频的播放进度,可以点击选集按键选择在大屏上播放的视频,可以点击视频的缩略图更换大屏上播放的视频等;又例如,K歌应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,可以包括热门K歌的列表、已点歌曲列表等,用户可以点击某一首歌添加至已点歌曲列表,可以点击某一首已添加歌曲直接在大屏上播放;又例如,图库应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,可以包括大屏中存储的图像的缩略图,用于可以点击某一张缩略图在大屏上显示该缩略图对应的图像。The control interface can display corresponding buttons, sliders, up/down menus and other touch components according to the requirements of the front-end business application, as well as thumbnails and usage screens corresponding to the front-end business application. For example, the control interface of the control service corresponding to the video-on-demand application can include the progress bar of the current video playback, the selection button of the current video, the thumbnail of the recommended video, etc. The user can drag the progress bar to adjust the current video played on the large screen You can click the selection button to select the video to play on the big screen, and you can click the thumbnail of the video to change the video played on the big screen. For example, the control interface of the control service corresponding to the K song application can include popular K The list of songs, the list of selected songs, etc., users can click on a song to add to the list of selected songs, and can click on an added song to play it directly on the big screen; another example is the control of the control service corresponding to the gallery application The interface may include thumbnails of images stored in the large screen, so that a certain thumbnail can be clicked to display an image corresponding to the thumbnail on the large screen.
由此可见,终端收到操控服务请求后,无论是首次还是非首次请求的操控服务,终端均可以自主获取其操控界面,进而显示在屏幕上,这样可以省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程。It can be seen that after the terminal receives the control service request, whether it is the first request or not, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface and display it on the screen. The process of selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application.
除了一些不能中断的业务应用外,终端可以在任意的当前界面上弹出操控界面。前述不能中断的业务应用是指该业务应用一旦开始必须持续进行不能被打断,例如,视频通话应用,如果用户正在进行视频通话,在通话界面上弹出操控界面,一方面用户通常不会中断通话去操控大屏,另一方面通话中还操控大屏不方便;或者该业务应用在进行的过程中不便于切入其它业务应用,例如,用户正在终端上打游戏,突然弹出操控界面,可能会影响游戏的进行。应理解,还可以有其它业务应用也属于不能中断的业务应用,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Except for some uninterruptible business applications, the terminal can pop up a control interface on any current interface. The aforementioned uninterruptible business application means that once the business application starts, it must continue and cannot be interrupted. For example, in a video call application, if the user is in a video call, a control interface will pop up on the call interface. On the one hand, the user usually does not interrupt the call To control the large screen, on the other hand, it is inconvenient to control the large screen during the call; or it is not convenient to cut into other business applications during the process of the business application. For example, when the user is playing a game on the terminal, the control interface pops up suddenly, which may affect the The game goes on. It should be understood that there may also be other service applications that cannot be interrupted, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
终端可以弹出操控界面的场景可以包括:终端正处于黑屏中,此时终端会点亮屏幕并在熄屏界面上弹出操控界面;终端处于亮屏中,此时终端在主界面上弹出操控界面;终端的屏幕上显示某一应用程序的界面,此时终端在该界面上弹出操控界面。应理解,终端还可以在其它界面上弹出操控界面,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The scenarios where the terminal can pop up the control interface can include: the terminal is in a black screen, at this time the terminal will light up the screen and pop up the control interface on the screen off interface; the terminal is in a bright screen, and the terminal will pop up the control interface on the main interface at this time; An interface of an application program is displayed on the screen of the terminal, and at this time, the terminal pops up a control interface on the interface. It should be understood that the terminal may also pop up a control interface on other interfaces, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对大屏上的业务应用、终端上的操控服务均不作具体限定,操控服务的操控界面不受物理按键的数量和类型的限制,可以针对业务应用的实操需求进行设置,对此也不做具体限定。It should be noted that the embodiment of this application does not specifically limit the business application on the large screen and the control service on the terminal. The control interface of the control service is not limited by the number and type of physical buttons, and can be used for the actual operation of business applications. It needs to be set, and there is no specific limitation on this.
例如,终端收到大屏发送的操控服务请求,该操控服务请求包括赛车游戏操控服务的名称,终端根据该名称确定操控服务,终端在查询本地数据后发现还没有该操控服务的历史数据,因此向云端服务器发送业务应用数据请求,根据来自云端服务器的大屏的设备数据、赛车游戏的内容数据等,获取赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面,进而以卡片或者小程序 的形式显示于屏幕上,该操控界面可以包括左右方向键、渲染得到的赛车地图、赛道等画面、赛车的图像等,用户可以通过对左右方向键的点击操作操控赛车在赛道上的前进方向。For example, the terminal receives a control service request sent by the large screen. The control service request includes the name of the racing game control service. The terminal determines the control service based on the name. After querying the local data, the terminal finds that there is no historical data for the control service. Therefore, Send a business application data request to the cloud server, obtain the control interface of the racing game control service based on the device data of the large screen from the cloud server, the content data of the racing game, etc., and then display it on the screen in the form of a card or a small program. The control interface may include the left and right arrow keys, the rendered racing map, the track and other images, the image of the racing car, etc. The user can control the forward direction of the racing car on the track by clicking on the left and right arrow keys.
示例性地,在一些实施例中,所述弹出可以包括从终端显示界面的边缘出现并逐渐进入、显示越来越多的内容的动效过程,也可以包括从终端显示界面的中心位置附近出现并逐渐放大、占据越来越多的终端显示界面的动效过程。例如,操控服务卡片/小程序弹出可以指:操控服务卡片/小程序从终端显示界面的底部出现并逐渐进入终端显示界面,逐渐显示越来越多的内容;或者,操控服务的卡片/小程序从终端显示界面的中心位置附近出现,然后逐渐放大,最终占据终端一半以上显示界面。在一些实现方式中,操控服务卡片/小程序中可以包括可操作控件,用户可以点击这些控件来移动操控服务卡片/小程序的位置、更改操控服务卡片/小程序的大小、使操控服务卡片/小程序关闭/隐藏/再次弹出。Exemplarily, in some embodiments, the pop-up may include a dynamic process of appearing from the edge of the terminal display interface and gradually entering and displaying more and more content, or may include appearing near the center of the terminal display interface And the dynamic process of gradually enlarging and occupying more and more terminal display interfaces. For example, manipulating the pop-up of a service card/applet may refer to: manipulating the service card/applet to appear from the bottom of the terminal display interface and gradually entering the terminal display interface, gradually displaying more and more content; or, manipulating the service card/applet Appears near the center of the terminal display interface, then gradually enlarges, and finally occupies more than half of the terminal display interface. In some implementations, the control service card/applet may include operable controls, and the user can click these controls to move the position of the control service card/applet, change the size of the control service card/applet, make the control service card/ The applet is closed/hidden/popped up again.
步骤804、终端将作用于操控界面上的操作所产生的操作指令发送给大屏。Step 804, the terminal sends the operation instruction generated by the operation on the control interface to the large screen.
终端的触摸屏提供了用户操作的多样性的前提,触摸屏对用户操作的方式没有具体限定,可以快速且高效的捕捉到用户在触摸屏上的操作,进而产生相应的操作指令。The touch screen of the terminal provides the premise of a variety of user operations. The touch screen does not specifically limit the user's operation mode, and can quickly and efficiently capture the user's operations on the touch screen, and then generate corresponding operation instructions.
基于此,用户对显示于触摸屏上的操控界面上的触控组件进行操作,从而产生对应的操作指令,例如,点击按键表示用户选中该按键,那么操作指令指示按键被选中;拖动滑块表示用户调整滑块所属的数值区间的取值,那么操作指令指示取值变化;手指在操控界面上滑动表示改变轨迹或者生成轨迹,那么操作指令指示该轨迹;等等。Based on this, the user operates the touch components on the control interface displayed on the touch screen to generate corresponding operation instructions. For example, clicking a button indicates that the user selects the button, and the operation instruction indicates that the button is selected; dragging the slider indicates that the button is selected. When the user adjusts the value of the numerical interval to which the slider belongs, the operation command indicates the value change; the finger slides on the control interface to change the trajectory or generate a trajectory, then the operation instruction indicates the trajectory; and so on.
终端将获取的操作指令发送给大屏。The terminal sends the acquired operation instructions to the large screen.
步骤805、大屏根据操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对前台业务应用的操控。Step 805, the large screen performs corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the control of the foreground business application.
大屏在收到来自终端的操作指令后,一方面根据操作指令执行对应的数据处理,另一方面在有必要的时候,根据操作指令渲染对应的画面,并在大屏上显示出来。这样通过将大屏业务的操控流转给终端实施,由终端提供大屏业务的操控服务,基于终端的触摸屏的特性,可以针对大屏业务的实操需求设置与其对应的操控服务的操控界面,不再受限于传统遥控器的物理按键的数量和类型的限制。After the large screen receives the operation command from the terminal, on the one hand, it executes the corresponding data processing according to the operation command; on the other hand, when necessary, it renders the corresponding picture according to the operation command and displays it on the large screen. In this way, by transferring the control of the large-screen business to the terminal for implementation, the terminal provides the control service of the large-screen business. Based on the characteristics of the touch screen of the terminal, the corresponding control interface of the control service can be set according to the actual operation requirements of the large-screen business. It is further limited by the number and type of physical buttons of the traditional remote control.
本申请实施例,终端可以在收到操控服务请求后,自主获取其操控界面,进而显示在屏幕上,这样可以省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程,相应的,用户也不需要知道业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,不必记住各个操控服务的选取路径,操作简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving the control service request, the terminal can independently obtain its control interface, and then display it on the screen, which saves the user from selecting the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the foreground business application of the large screen. Correspondingly, users do not need to know the corresponding relationship between business applications and control services, and do not need to remember the selection path of each control service. The operation is simple and the user experience is improved.
图9为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程900的流程图。过程900可由应用场景40中的两个电子设备共同执行,其中,一个电子设备为大屏,另一个电子设备为终端。过程900描述为一系列的步骤或操作,应当理解的是,过程900可以以各种顺序执行和/或同时发生,不限于图9所示的执行顺序。过程900可以包括:FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a process 900 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application. The process 900 may be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal. The process 900 is described as a series of steps or operations. It should be understood that the process 900 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 9 . Process 900 may include:
步骤901、大屏向终端发送操控终止请求。Step 901, the large screen sends a manipulation termination request to the terminal.
大屏上的前台业务应用发生变化,一种可能的情况是,用户通过操作物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器退出大屏的屏幕上显示的业务应用;另一种可能的情况是,用户通过操作物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器,在未退出屏幕上显示的业务应用的情况下,启动其它业务应用,大屏的屏幕上显示其它业务应用,前台业务应用切换成该业务应用,此前显示的业务应用退至大屏的后台运行,成为大屏的后台业务应用;又一种可能的情况是,在使用大屏上显示的业务应用的过程中,大屏接收到了来自及时呼叫应用的来电呼叫,用 户通过操作物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器接通该来电呼叫,此时大屏上显示及时呼叫应用,前台业务应用切换成该及时呼叫应用,而此前的业务应用退至大屏的后台运行,成为大屏的后台业务应用。If the foreground business application on the large screen changes, one possible situation is that the user exits the business application displayed on the big screen by operating the physical remote control or the simulated remote control on the terminal; another possible situation is that the user By operating the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal, start other business applications without exiting the business application displayed on the screen, the other business applications will be displayed on the large screen, and the foreground business application will switch to this business application. The business application displayed before retreats to the background operation of the large screen and becomes the background business application of the large screen; another possible situation is that, in the process of using the business application displayed on the large screen, the large screen receives a timely call from the application For an incoming call, the user connects the incoming call by operating the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal. At this time, the instant call application is displayed on the large screen, and the foreground business application switches to the instant call application, while the previous business application retreats to The background operation of the large screen becomes the background business application of the large screen.
由于大屏和终端处于前台业务应用的流转操控中,因此在大屏上的前台业务应用发生变化时,大屏要向终端发送操控终止请求,以使得终端不再提供该前台业务应用的操控服务。Since the large screen and the terminal are in the flow control of the foreground business application, when the foreground business application on the large screen changes, the large screen will send a control termination request to the terminal, so that the terminal no longer provides the control service of the foreground business application .
大屏可以向终端发送操控终止请求,与上述方法实施例中的步骤801类似,该操控终止请求也可以包括操控服务的标识信息和/或大屏上的前台业务应用的标识信息,这两类标识信息的目的都是为了让终端确定要退出的操控服务。具体的确定过程可以参照步骤801,此处不再赘述。The large screen may send a manipulation termination request to the terminal, similar to step 801 in the above method embodiment, the manipulation termination request may also include the identification information of the manipulation service and/or the identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen. The purpose of the identification information is to allow the terminal to determine the control service to exit. For a specific determination process, reference may be made to step 801, which will not be repeated here.
步骤902、终端响应于操控终止请求,不再显示操控服务的操控界面。In step 902, the terminal no longer displays the manipulation interface of the manipulation service in response to the manipulation termination request.
终端收到操控终止请求后,可以基于操控终止请求中的操控服务的标识信息确定大屏请求终止的操控服务。或者,终端收到操控终止请求后,可以基于操控终止请求中的前台业务应用的标识信息确定大屏上的前台业务应用,进而根据预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,确定与前台业务应用对应的操控服务。After receiving the manipulation termination request, the terminal may determine the manipulation service that the large screen requests to terminate based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation termination request. Alternatively, after receiving the manipulation termination request, the terminal may determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the foreground business application in the manipulation termination request, and then determine the corresponding The control service corresponding to the foreground business application.
可选的,终端可以直接关闭操控服务的操控界面。例如,终端上正显示视频播控服务的操控界面,此时终端可以直接关闭视频播控服务的操控界面。Optionally, the terminal may directly close the control interface of the control service. For example, the terminal is displaying the control interface of the video broadcast control service, and at this moment, the terminal can directly close the control interface of the video broadcast control service.
可选的,终端可以在操控界面上弹窗以提示用户大屏上的业务应用已关闭,并在弹窗上显示“是”和“否”的按键,以供用户选择。例如,终端上正显示视频播控服务的操控界面,此时终端可以在视频播控服务的操控界面上弹窗,该弹窗上包括“大屏上的视频点播应用已关闭,是否停止手机的操控服务”,以及“是”和“否”的按键。当用户点击“是”的按键,表示用户同意停止视频播控服务,终端退出操控界面;当用户点击“否”的按键,表示用户不同意停止视频播控服务,终端继续显示操控界面,并检测用户的操作所产生的操作指令。Optionally, the terminal may pop up a window on the control interface to remind the user that the service application on the large screen has been closed, and display buttons of "Yes" and "No" on the pop-up window for the user to choose. For example, the terminal is displaying the control interface of the video broadcast control service. At this time, the terminal can pop up a window on the control interface of the video broadcast control service. Control Services", and buttons for "Yes" and "No". When the user clicks the "Yes" button, it means that the user agrees to stop the video broadcast and control service, and the terminal exits the control interface; when the user clicks the "No" button, it means that the user does not agree to stop the video broadcast and control service, and the terminal continues to display the control interface and detects An operation instruction generated by the user's operation.
步骤903、大屏退出当前的前台业务应用。Step 903, the large screen exits the current foreground business application.
大屏发出操控终止请求后即可退出当前的前台业务应用。After the large screen sends out a control termination request, it can exit the current foreground business application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,步骤902和步骤903的执行顺序并不做具体限定,可以步骤902先执行,步骤903后执行,或者,可以步骤903先执行,步骤902后执行,或者,步骤902和步骤903同时执行。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the execution order of step 902 and step 903 is not specifically limited, and step 902 may be executed first, followed by step 903, or step 903 may be executed first, followed by step 902, or , step 902 and step 903 are executed simultaneously.
本申请实施例,用户可以直接操控大屏退出前台业务应用,终端可以在收到大屏发送的操控终止请求后,退出操控服务的操控界面,这样可以省去用户手动退出操控服务的过程,过程简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, the user can directly control the large screen to exit the foreground business application, and the terminal can exit the control interface of the control service after receiving the control termination request sent by the large screen, so that the user can save the process of manually exiting the control service. Simple and improve user experience.
图10为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程1000的流程图。过程1000可由应用场景40中的两个电子设备共同执行,其中,一个电子设备为大屏,另一个电子设备为终端。过程1000描述为一系列的步骤或操作,应当理解的是,过程1000可以以各种顺序执行和/或同时发生,不限于图10所示的执行顺序。过程1000可以包括:FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a process 1000 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application. The process 1000 may be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal. The process 1000 is described as a series of steps or operations. It should be understood that the process 1000 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 10 . Process 1000 may include:
步骤1001、终端向大屏发送业务终止请求。Step 1001, the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen.
当用户想要退出前台业务应用时,也可以通过终端操控大屏退出前台业务应用。例如,用户正在大屏上看视频,点击终端上的视频播控服务的操控界面上的关闭按键,从而产生关闭业务应用的操作指令,终端根据该操作指令向大屏发送业务终止请求。又例如,用户 正在大屏上看视频,点击终端上的视频播控服务的操控界面上的“手机遥控器”的按键,可以在终端上拉起手机遥控器的界面,该界面模拟了手机遥控器,可以让手机实现与物理遥控器相同的功能,用户在点击手机遥控器的界面上的“退出”按键,可以产生关闭业务应用的操作指令,终端根据该操作指令向大屏发送业务终止请求。When the user wants to exit the foreground business application, he can also exit the foreground business application by manipulating the large screen through the terminal. For example, the user is watching a video on the large screen, and clicks the close button on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, thereby generating an operation instruction to close the service application, and the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen according to the operation instruction. For another example, when the user is watching a video on a large screen, and clicks the button of "mobile phone remote control" on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, the interface of the mobile phone remote control can be pulled up on the terminal, which simulates the mobile phone remote control The device can make the mobile phone realize the same function as the physical remote control. When the user clicks the "exit" button on the interface of the mobile remote control, an operation instruction to close the service application can be generated. The terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen according to the operation instruction. .
可选的,业务终止请求可以包括大屏上的前台业务应用的标识信息,以使得大屏可以根据该标识信息确定要退出前台业务应用。Optionally, the service termination request may include identification information of the foreground service application on the large screen, so that the large screen can determine to exit the foreground service application according to the identification information.
可选的,业务终止请求也可以不包括大屏上的前台业务应用的标识信息,通过分析业务终止请求来自于的操控服务即可确定是要退出前台业务应用,或者只要大屏收到业务终止请求,直接退出前台业务应用即可,这是因为此前大屏和终端正处于前台业务应用的跨设备流转操控中,那么只要终端发来业务终止请求,默认就是要退出前台业务应用。Optionally, the service termination request may not include the identification information of the foreground business application on the large screen. By analyzing the control service from which the service termination request comes, it can be determined whether to exit the foreground business application, or as long as the large screen receives the service termination Request, just exit the foreground business application directly. This is because the large screen and the terminal are in the cross-device flow control of the foreground business application before, so as long as the terminal sends a service termination request, the default is to exit the foreground business application.
步骤1002、大屏响应于业务终止请求,退出当前的前台业务应用。Step 1002, the large screen exits the current foreground service application in response to the service termination request.
在收到业务终止请求后,大屏可以退出当前的前台业务应用。After receiving the service termination request, the large screen can exit the current foreground service application.
可选的,大屏可以直接退出前台业务应用的界面,显示主界面。例如,大屏直接退出视频点播应用,回到主界面。Optionally, the large screen can directly exit the interface of the foreground business application and display the main interface. For example, the large screen directly exits the VOD application and returns to the main interface.
可选的,大屏也可以在前台业务应用的界面上弹窗以提示用户是否退出前台业务应用,并在弹窗上显示“是”和“否”的按键,以供用户选择。例如,大屏在视频点播应用的使用界面上弹窗,该弹窗上包括“是否退出视频点播应用”,以及“是”和“否”的按键。当用户点击“是”的按键,表示用户同意退出视频点播应用,大屏退出视频点播应用的界面,回到主界面;当用户点击“否”的按键,表示用户不同意退出视频点播应用,终端继续显示视频点播应用的界面,并检测来自终端或者遥控器的操作指令。Optionally, the large screen can also pop up a window on the interface of the foreground business application to prompt the user whether to exit the foreground business application, and display "Yes" and "No" buttons on the pop-up window for the user to choose. For example, the large screen pops up a window on the user interface of the video-on-demand application, and the pop-up window includes "whether to exit the video-on-demand application" and buttons of "yes" and "no". When the user clicks the "Yes" button, it means that the user agrees to exit the VOD application, and the large screen exits the VOD application interface and returns to the main interface; when the user clicks the "No" button, it indicates that the user does not agree to exit the VOD application, and the terminal Continue to display the interface of the video-on-demand application, and detect the operation instruction from the terminal or the remote controller.
步骤1003、大屏向终端发送业务应用退出响应。Step 1003, the large screen sends a service application exit response to the terminal.
大屏在退出前台业务应用之后可以向终端发送退出响应,以告知终端前台业务应用退出成功或失败。After the large screen exits the foreground business application, it can send an exit response to the terminal to inform the terminal of the success or failure of the foreground business application exit.
步骤1004、终端响应于业务应用退出响应,不再显示操控服务的操控界面。Step 1004, the terminal responds to the exit response of the service application, and no longer displays the manipulation interface of the manipulation service.
当业务应用退出响应指示大屏退出前台业务应用成功时,终端可以退出操控服务的操控界面。该过程可以参照上述方法实施例的步骤902,此处不再赘述。When the service application exit response indicates that the large screen exits the foreground service application successfully, the terminal may exit the control interface of the control service. For this process, reference may be made to step 902 in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
当业务应用退出响应指示大屏退出前台业务应用失败时,终端可以继续显示操控服务的操控界面,并检测用户的操作所产生的操作指令。When the service application exit response indicates that the large screen fails to exit the foreground service application, the terminal can continue to display the control interface of the control service, and detect the operation instructions generated by the user's operation.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中终端在执行步骤1001之后,可以直接执行步骤1004,即终端向大屏发送业务终止请求,然后退出操控服务的操控界面,不必等大屏根据业务终止请求退出前台业务应用。此时大屏也可以不用向终端发送业务应用退出响应。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of this application, after executing step 1001, the terminal can directly execute step 1004, that is, the terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen, and then exits the control interface of the control service without waiting for the large screen to exit according to the service termination request. Foreground business application. At this time, the large screen does not need to send a service application exit response to the terminal.
本申请实施例,用户可以通过终端操控大屏退出前台业务应用,大屏可以在收到终端发送的业务终止请求后,退出前台业务应用,这样可以用终端操控大屏上的业务应用的整个过程,操作方便,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of this application, the user can exit the foreground business application by controlling the large screen through the terminal, and the large screen can exit the foreground business application after receiving the service termination request sent by the terminal, so that the entire process of the business application on the large screen can be controlled by the terminal , easy to operate and enhance user experience.
在图7所示实施例的基础上,图11为本申请实施例提供的建立大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的一个示例性的交互通信流图,如图11所示,大屏上参与的组件包括业务应用、流转任务管理服务和分布式任务调度,终端上参与的组件包括分布式任务调度和操控服务。本申请实施例中,有多个电子设备具备绑定关系,该多个电子设备包括一个大屏和多个终端。大屏上的业务应用可以由终端上的操控服务进行跨设备流转控制,本申请实施例 描述大屏与终端建立大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的过程。On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 11 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram for establishing cross-device flow control of large-screen services provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , participating Components include business applications, flow task management services, and distributed task scheduling, and the participating components on the terminal include distributed task scheduling and manipulation services. In the embodiment of the present application, there are multiple electronic devices having a binding relationship, and the multiple electronic devices include a large screen and multiple terminals. The business application on the large screen can be controlled by the control service on the terminal for cross-device flow control. The embodiment of this application describes the process of establishing large-screen business cross-device flow control between the large screen and the terminal.
大屏侧:Big screen side:
1、业务应用向流转任务管理服务请求注册操控服务1. The business application requests the registration control service from the transfer task management service
用户在大屏的主界面上点击业务应用的图标,打开业务应用。此时业务应用向流转任务管理服务请求注册操控服务,以通知流转任务管理服务业务应用已打开,要请求该业务应用的跨设备流转控制。例如,用户打开视频点播应用后,视频点播应用向流转任务管理服务请求注册操控服务。The user clicks the icon of the service application on the main interface of the large screen to open the service application. At this time, the business application requests the transfer task management service to register the control service to notify the transfer task management service that the business application has been opened and to request the cross-device transfer control of the business application. For example, after the user opens the video-on-demand application, the video-on-demand application requests the transfer task management service to register the manipulation service.
2、流转任务管理服务向业务应用返回终端信息2. The transfer task management service returns the terminal information to the business application
流转任务管理服务收到业务应用的请求后,查询预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,确定与前述业务应用对应的操控服务。然后根据本地维护的电子设备列表确定可以提供前述操控服务的终端。如果可以提供操控服务的电子设备只有一个,则该电子设备就是提供操控服务的终端;如果可以提供操控服务的电子设备有多个,则流转任务管理服务从多个电子设备中选择一个作为提供操控服务的终端。流转任务管理服务可以根据多个电子设备在电子设备列表中的排列顺序,选择最前面的一个电子设备作为提供操控服务的终端;或者,流转任务管理服务可以根据多个电子设备的在线状态确定最早/最晚加入的电子设备作为提供操控服务的终端;或者,流转任务管理服务可以将多个电子设备的信息传给大屏的显示模块,由显示模块将该多个电子设备的信息弹窗显示于屏幕上,以供用户选择一个作为提供操控服务的终端。需要说明的是,流转任务管理服务还可以采用其它方法确定提供操控服务的终端,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。例如,流转任务管理服务确定视频点播应用的操控服务为视频播控服务,再查询电子设备列表发现手机P30pro可以作为提供操控服务的终端。After receiving the request from the business application, the transfer task management service queries the preset correspondence between the business application and the control service, and determines the control service corresponding to the aforementioned business application. Then, a terminal that can provide the aforementioned manipulation service is determined according to the electronic device list maintained locally. If there is only one electronic device that can provide control services, then the electronic device is the terminal that provides control services; The terminal of the service. The transfer task management service can select the first electronic device as the terminal that provides manipulation services according to the arrangement order of multiple electronic devices in the electronic device list; or, the transfer task management service can determine the earliest electronic device according to the online status of multiple electronic devices. / The latest electronic device is used as a terminal to provide control services; or, the transfer task management service can transmit the information of multiple electronic devices to the display module of the large screen, and the display module will display the information of the multiple electronic devices in a pop-up window on the screen for the user to choose one as the terminal to provide the control service. It should be noted that the transfer task management service may also use other methods to determine the terminal providing the manipulation service, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the transfer task management service determines that the control service of the video-on-demand application is the video broadcast control service, and then checks the list of electronic devices to find that the mobile phone P30pro can be used as a terminal that provides the control service.
流转任务管理服务向视频点播应用返回终端信息,包括终端的设备标识、设备类型、设备名称等。The transfer task management service returns terminal information to the VOD application, including terminal device identification, device type, and device name.
3、业务应用向流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态3. The business application updates the business control flow status to the flow task management service
业务应用收到终端的信息,在做好业务操控流转的准备后,可以向流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态,以通知流转任务管理服务可以将业务应用的操控状态更新为跨设备操控。例如,视频点播应用通知流转任务管理服务可以将视频点播应用的操控状态更新为P30pro操控。After receiving the information from the terminal, the business application can update the business control flow status to the flow task management service after making preparations for the business control flow, so as to notify the flow task management service that the operation state of the business application can be updated to cross-device control. For example, the video-on-demand application notifies the streaming task management service to update the control status of the video-on-demand application to P30pro control.
4、业务应用向分布式任务调度请求初始化分布式任务调度4. The business application requests the distributed task scheduling to initialize the distributed task scheduling
分布式任务调度可以维护业务应用的多个任务,基于多个任务之间的执行逻辑、级别等对该多个任务进行调度,初始化可以为多个任务的执行创建线程,以确保多个任务的顺利进行。Distributed task scheduling can maintain multiple tasks of business applications, and schedule multiple tasks based on the execution logic and levels among multiple tasks. Initialization can create threads for the execution of multiple tasks to ensure the smoothness of multiple tasks. went well.
5、业务应用向分布式任务调度请求启动跨设备操控服务5. Business applications request distributed task scheduling to start cross-device control services
业务应用向分布式任务调度请求启动跨设备操控服务可以在分布式任务调度中创建跨设备操控服务的任务。分布式任务调度在调度到跨设备操控服务的任务时,可以触发向终端发送操控服务请求。The business application requests the distributed task scheduling to start the cross-device manipulation service, and a task of the cross-device manipulation service may be created in the distributed task scheduling. When the distributed task scheduling dispatches a task for the cross-device manipulation service, it can trigger the sending of a manipulation service request to the terminal.
6、大屏的分布式任务调度向终端的分布式任务调度发送操控服务请求6. The distributed task scheduling of the large screen sends a control service request to the distributed task scheduling of the terminal
操控服务请求可以参照上述方法实施例中的步骤801,此处不再赘述。For manipulating the service request, reference may be made to step 801 in the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
终端侧:Terminal side:
7、分布式任务调度启动操控服务7. Distributed task scheduling start control service
分布式任务调度收到操控服务请求后,可以基于操控服务请求中的操控服务的标识信息确定大屏所请求的操控服务。或者,分布式任务调度收到操控服务请求后,可以基于操控服务请求中的业务应用的标识信息确定大屏上的前台业务应用,进而根据预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,确定与前台业务应用对应的操控服务。After the distributed task scheduling receives the manipulation service request, it can determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation service request. Or, after the distributed task scheduling receives the control service request, it can determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the business application in the control service request, and then according to the preset correspondence between the business application and the control service, Determine the manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application.
分布式任务调度在调度到操控服务时向操控服务发送调度指令,以使得操控服务弹出操控界面。关于操控界面的获取方式可以参照上述方法实施例的步骤802,此处不再赘述。例如,P30pro的屏幕上显示视频播控服务的操作界面。When the distributed task scheduling is dispatched to the manipulation service, it sends a scheduling instruction to the manipulation service, so that the manipulation service pops up a manipulation interface. Regarding the manner of obtaining the manipulation interface, reference may be made to step 802 in the above method embodiment, and details are not repeated here. For example, the screen of the P30pro displays the operation interface of the video broadcast control service.
8、操控服务向分布式任务调度返回调用结果8. The control service returns the calling result to the distributed task scheduling
操控服务在屏幕上弹出操控界面后,可以向分布式任务调度返回调用结果,即一旦操控服务的功能启动,就可以通知分布式任务调度操控服务启动成功。After the control interface pops up on the screen, the control service can return the call result to the distributed task scheduling, that is, once the function of the control service is started, it can notify the distributed task scheduling that the control service has started successfully.
9、终端的分布式任务调度向大屏的分布式任务调度返回操控服务启动成功的响应9. The distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns the response that the control service starts successfully to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen
在终端上显示操控服务的操控界面后,用户就可以在操控界面上进行操控操作,此时终端上的操控服务启动成功。After the control interface of the control service is displayed on the terminal, the user can perform control operations on the control interface. At this time, the control service on the terminal is started successfully.
大屏侧:Big screen side:
10、分布式任务调度通知业务应用回调跨设备操控服务完成10. Distributed task scheduling notification business application callback cross-device control service completion
至此,大屏和终端之间建立起大屏业务的跨设备流转操控流程,用户通过终端在操控服务的操控界面上进行操作,所产生的操作指令由终端发送给大屏,大屏基于操作指令执行相应的处理,必要的情况下,大屏可以将处理的数据发送给终端,以达到大屏和终端的数据同步,便于在终端上及时更新操控界面。So far, a cross-device flow control process for large screen services has been established between the large screen and the terminal. Users operate on the control interface of the control service through the terminal, and the generated operation instructions are sent to the large screen by the terminal. The large screen is based on the operation instructions. Execute corresponding processing, and if necessary, the large screen can send the processed data to the terminal to achieve data synchronization between the large screen and the terminal, so as to facilitate the timely update of the control interface on the terminal.
需要说明的是,终端的分布式任务调度收到操控服务请求后,也可能启动操控服务失败,失败的原因可能包括:操控服务的操控界面获取失败,终端没有开启该操控服务的悬浮窗功能,等等。这样终端的分布式任务调度返回给大屏的分布式任务调度的是操控服务启动失败。此时大屏的业务应用可以弹窗提示跨设备流转操控失败,也可以退出跨设备流转操控,并通知流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态(通知流转任务管理服务可以将业务应用的操控状态更新退出跨设备操控)。应理解,大屏的业务应用还可以采用其它的处理失败的方式,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that after the distributed task scheduling of the terminal receives the control service request, it may also fail to start the control service. The reasons for the failure may include: failure to obtain the control interface of the control service, the terminal does not enable the floating window function of the control service, etc. In this way, the distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen that the control service failed to start. At this time, the business application on the large screen can pop up a window to prompt that the cross-device flow control fails, or exit the cross-device flow control, and notify the flow task management service to update the business control flow status (the notification flow task management service can update the control status of the business application. Exit cross-device control). It should be understood that the business application with a large screen may also use other failure handling methods, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,大屏的流转任务管理服务可以主动检测大屏的业务应用。此种实现方式与图11所示实施例的区别在于:图11中是大屏的业务应用在打开后主动向流转任务管理服务请求注册操控服务(步骤1),即由大屏的业务应用通知流转任务管理服务跨设备流转控制启动;而此种实现方式是流转任务管理服务可以主动检测大屏的业务应用,当发现有业务应用打开时,自动为其确定可以提供前述操控服务的终端,该确定方法可以参照图11所示方法实施例的步骤2,此处不再赘述;也就是说,此种实现方式中,可以不需要业务应用向流转任务管理服务发送请求注册操控服务(也即不需要步骤1),流转任务管理服务就可以主动将确定可提供当前打开的业务应用对应的操控服务的终端信息发送给该业务应用。In a possible implementation manner, the large-screen transfer task management service can actively detect the business applications of the large screen. The difference between this implementation and the embodiment shown in Figure 11 is that in Figure 11, the business application with a large screen actively requests the transfer task management service to register and control the service after opening (step 1), that is, the business application with a large screen notifies The transfer task management service starts cross-device transfer control; and this implementation method is that the transfer task management service can actively detect business applications on the large screen, and when a business application is found to be open, it will automatically determine for it a terminal that can provide the aforementioned control service. The determination method can refer to step 2 of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , which will not be repeated here; that is, in this implementation mode, it is not necessary for the business application to send a request to the transfer task management service to register the control service (that is, not to Step 1) is required, and the transfer task management service can actively send the terminal information that can provide the operation service corresponding to the currently opened business application to the business application.
在图7所示实施例的基础上,图12为本申请实施例提供的退出大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的一个示例性的交互通信流图,如图12所示,大屏上参与的组件包括业务应用、流转任务管理服务和分布式任务调度,终端上参与的组件包括分布式任务调度和操控服 务。本申请实施例中,有多个电子设备具备绑定关系,该多个电子设备包括一个大屏和多个终端。大屏上的业务应用可以由终端上的操控服务进行跨设备流转控制,本申请实施例描述大屏与终端退出大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的过程。On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 12 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , participating parties on the large-screen Components include business applications, flow task management services, and distributed task scheduling, and the participating components on the terminal include distributed task scheduling and manipulation services. In the embodiment of the present application, there are multiple electronic devices having a binding relationship, and the multiple electronic devices include a large screen and multiple terminals. The business application on the large screen can be controlled by the control service on the terminal for cross-device transfer control. The embodiment of this application describes the process of cross-device transfer control for the large screen and the terminal to exit the large screen business.
大屏侧:Big screen side:
1、业务应用向流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态1. The business application updates the business control flow status to the flow task management service
用户可以采用遥控器关闭大屏上的业务应用,或者,如果大屏的显示屏是触敏显示屏,用户也可以点击大屏的显示屏上的业务应用退出控件来关闭大屏上的业务应用。此时可以向流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态,以通知流转任务管理服务可以将业务应用的操控状态更新为退出跨设备操控。例如,视频点播应用通知流转任务管理服务可以将视频点播应用的操控状态更新为退出P30pro操控。The user can use the remote control to close the business application on the large screen, or, if the large-screen display is a touch-sensitive display, the user can also click the business application exit control on the large-screen display to close the business application on the large screen . At this time, the business control flow state can be updated to the flow task management service, so as to notify the flow task management service that the operation state of the business application can be updated to quit cross-device control. For example, the video-on-demand application notifies the transfer task management service to update the control status of the video-on-demand application to quit P30pro control.
2、业务应用向分布式任务调度请求退出跨设备操控服务2. The business application requests the distributed task scheduling to exit the cross-device control service
业务应用向分布式任务调度请求退出跨设备操控服务,可以请求分布式任务调度关闭跨设备操控服务的任务。分布式任务调度在关闭跨设备操控服务的任务时,可以触发向终端发送操控终止请求。The business application requests the distributed task scheduling to exit the cross-device control service, and can request the distributed task scheduler to close the task of the cross-device control service. When the distributed task scheduling closes the task of the cross-device control service, it can trigger the sending of a control termination request to the terminal.
3、大屏的分布式任务调度向终端的分布式任务调度发送操控终止请求3. The distributed task scheduling of the large screen sends a control termination request to the distributed task scheduling of the terminal
操控终止请求可以参照上述方法实施例中的步骤901的描述,此处不再赘述。For the manipulation termination request, reference may be made to the description of step 901 in the above method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
终端侧:Terminal side:
4、分布式任务调度关闭操控服务4. Distributed task scheduling closes control service
分布式任务调度收到操控终止请求后,可以基于操控终止请求中的操控服务的标识信息确定大屏所请求的操控服务。或者,分布式任务调度收到操控服务请求后,可以基于操控服务请求中的业务应用的标识信息确定大屏上的前台业务应用,进而根据预先设置的业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,确定与前台业务应用对应的操控服务。After the distributed task scheduling receives the manipulation termination request, it can determine the manipulation service requested by the large screen based on the identification information of the manipulation service in the manipulation termination request. Or, after the distributed task scheduling receives the control service request, it can determine the foreground business application on the large screen based on the identification information of the business application in the control service request, and then according to the preset correspondence between the business application and the control service, Determine the manipulation service corresponding to the foreground business application.
分布式任务调度在调度到操控服务时向操控服务发送关闭指令,以使得操控服务退出操控界面。关于操控界面的退出方式可以参照上述方法实施例的步骤902,此处不再赘述。When the distributed task scheduler dispatches the manipulation service, it sends a closing command to the manipulation service, so that the manipulation service exits the manipulation interface. Regarding the way of exiting the control interface, reference may be made to step 902 in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
5、操控服务向分布式任务调度返回退出结果5. The control service returns the exit result to the distributed task scheduling
操控服务在退出操控界面后,可以向分布式任务调度返回退出结果,即一旦退出操控服务,就可以通知分布式任务调度操控服务退出成功。After the control service exits the control interface, it can return the exit result to the distributed task scheduler, that is, once the control service exits, it can notify the distributed task scheduler that the control service has exited successfully.
6、终端的分布式任务调度向大屏的分布式任务调度返回操控服务关闭成功的响应6. The distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns the response that the control service is closed successfully to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen
大屏侧:Big screen side:
7、分布式任务调度关闭跨设备操控服务的任务7. Distributed task scheduling closes tasks for cross-device manipulation services
8、业务应用向流转任务管理服务请求注销操控服务8. The business application requests the logout control service from the transfer task management service
在终端侧退出操控服务后,业务应用可以向流转任务管理服务请求注销操控服务,以通知流转任务管理服务可以注销操控服务了。例如,用户用遥控器操控大屏退出视频点播应用后,视频点播应用向流转任务管理服务请求注销视频播控服务。After exiting the control service on the terminal side, the business application can request the transfer task management service to cancel the control service, so as to notify the transfer task management service that the control service can be canceled. For example, after the user uses the remote control to control the large screen to exit the video-on-demand application, the video-on-demand application requests the streaming task management service to log out of the video broadcast control service.
需要说明的是,终端的分布式任务调度收到操控终止请求后,也可能退出操控服务失败,失败的原因可能包括:操控服务的操控界面获取失败,用户在弹窗上选择了“否”的按键,等等。这样终端的分布式任务调度返回给大屏的分布式任务调度的是操控服务退出失败。此时大屏的业务应用可以弹窗提示跨设备流转操控退出失败。应理解,大屏的业务应用还可以采用其它的处理失败的方式,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that after the distributed task scheduling of the terminal receives the control termination request, it may also fail to exit the control service. The reasons for the failure may include: failure to obtain the control interface of the control service, and the user selected "No" on the pop-up window. key, and so on. In this way, what the distributed task scheduling of the terminal returns to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen is that the control service exit failed. At this time, the large-screen business application can pop up a window to prompt that the cross-device transfer control exit failed. It should be understood that the business application with a large screen may also use other failure handling methods, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在图7所示实施例的基础上,图13为本申请实施例提供的退出大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的一个示例性的交互通信流图,如图13所示,大屏上参与的组件包括业务应用、流转任务管理服务和分布式任务调度,终端上参与的组件包括分布式任务调度和操控服务。本申请实施例中,有多个电子设备具备绑定关系,该多个电子设备包括一个大屏和多个终端。大屏上的业务应用可以由终端上的操控服务进行跨设备流转控制,本申请实施例描述大屏与终端退出大屏业务的跨设备流转控制的过程。On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 13 is an exemplary interactive communication flow diagram of the cross-device flow control for exiting the large-screen business provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , participating parties on the large screen Components include business applications, flow task management services, and distributed task scheduling, and the participating components on the terminal include distributed task scheduling and manipulation services. In the embodiment of the present application, there are multiple electronic devices having a binding relationship, and the multiple electronic devices include a large screen and multiple terminals. The business application on the large screen can be controlled by the control service on the terminal for cross-device transfer control. The embodiment of this application describes the process of cross-device transfer control for the large screen and the terminal to exit the large screen business.
1、终端的分布式任务调度向大屏的分布式任务调度发送业务终止请求1. The distributed task scheduling of the terminal sends a service termination request to the distributed task scheduling of the large screen
当用户想要退出前台业务应用时,也可以通过终端操控大屏退出前台业务应用。例如,用户正在大屏上看视频,点击终端上的视频播控服务的操控界面上的关闭按键,从而产生关闭业务应用的操作指令,终端的分布式任务调度根据该操作指令向大屏发送业务终止请求。又例如,用户正在大屏上看视频,点击终端上的视频播控服务的操控界面上的“手机遥控器”的按键,可以在终端上拉起手机遥控器的界面,该界面模拟了手机遥控器,可以让手机实现与物理遥控器相同的功能,用户在点击手机遥控器的界面上的“退出”按键,可以产生关闭业务应用的操作指令,终端的分布式任务调度根据该操作指令向大屏发送业务终止请求。When the user wants to exit the foreground business application, he can also exit the foreground business application by manipulating the large screen through the terminal. For example, a user is watching a video on a large screen, and clicks the close button on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, thereby generating an operation instruction to close the business application, and the distributed task scheduling of the terminal sends services to the large screen according to the operation instruction Terminate request. For another example, when the user is watching a video on a large screen, and clicks the button of "mobile phone remote control" on the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the terminal, the interface of the mobile phone remote control can be pulled up on the terminal, which simulates the mobile phone remote control device, which allows the mobile phone to achieve the same functions as the physical remote control. When the user clicks the "Exit" button on the interface of the mobile phone remote control, an operation command to close the business application can be generated. The distributed task scheduling of the terminal sends to the large The screen sends a service termination request.
业务终止请求可以参照上述方法实施例中的步骤1001的描述,此处不再赘述。For the service termination request, reference may be made to the description of step 1001 in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
大屏侧:Big screen side:
2、分布式任务调度关闭跨设备操控服务的任务2. Distributed task scheduling closes the task of controlling services across devices
3、业务应用向流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态3. The business application updates the business control flow status to the flow task management service
业务应用可以向流转任务管理服务更新业务操控流转状态,以通知流转任务管理服务可以将业务应用的操控状态更新为退出跨设备操控。The business application can update the business operation flow state to the flow task management service, so as to notify the flow task management service that the operation state of the business application can be updated to quit cross-device control.
4、业务应用向流转任务管理服务请求注销操控服务4. The business application requests the logout control service from the transfer task management service
业务应用可以向流转任务管理服务请求注销操控服务,以通知流转任务管理服务可以注销操控服务了。The business application can request the logout of the control service from the transfer task management service to notify the transfer task management service that the control service can be logged out.
5、业务应用向分布式任务调度返回业务应用退出响应5. The business application returns the business application exit response to the distributed task scheduling
6、大屏的分布式任务调度向终端的分布式任务调度通知业务应用退出成功的响应6. The distributed task scheduling of the large screen notifies the response of the successful exit of the business application to the distributed task scheduling of the terminal
终端侧:Terminal side:
7、分布式任务调度关闭操控服务7. Distributed task scheduling closes control service
分布式任务调度收到业务应用退出成功的响应后,获知大屏的业务应用已退出,可以向操控服务发送关闭指令,以使得操控服务退出操控界面。关于操控界面的退出方式可以参照上述方法实施例的步骤902,此处不再赘述。After the distributed task scheduler receives the response that the business application exits successfully, it knows that the business application of the large screen has exited, and can send a close command to the control service, so that the control service exits the control interface. Regarding the way of exiting the control interface, reference may be made to step 902 in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
8、操控服务向分布式任务调度返回退出结果8. The control service returns the exit result to the distributed task scheduling
操控服务在退出操控界面后,可以向分布式任务调度返回退出结果,即一旦退出操控服务,就可以通知分布式任务调度操控服务退出成功。After the control service exits the control interface, it can return the exit result to the distributed task scheduler, that is, once the control service exits, it can notify the distributed task scheduler that the control service has exited successfully.
以下通过几个具体的实施例对上述方法实施例的过程进行说明。The process of the above-mentioned method embodiment will be described below through several specific examples.
实施例一Embodiment one
本申请实施例中,具备绑定关系的多个电子设备包括:两个手机(P30pro和Mate30)、一个平板电脑(MatePad Pro)和一个智慧屏(V65)。V65的前台业务应用为视频点播应用,视频播控服务是视频点播应用对应的远程操控服务。In the embodiment of this application, the multiple electronic devices with binding relationship include: two mobile phones (P30pro and Mate30), a tablet computer (MatePad Pro) and a smart screen (V65). The foreground business application of the V65 is a video-on-demand application, and the video broadcast control service is a remote control service corresponding to the video-on-demand application.
图14a为P30pro的主界面的一个示意图,如图14a所示,用户在主界面上点击智慧屏应用的图标,打开智慧屏应用程序。Fig. 14a is a schematic diagram of the main interface of P30pro. As shown in Fig. 14a, the user clicks the icon of the smart screen application on the main interface to open the smart screen application.
图14b为智慧屏应用的主界面的一个示意图,如图14b所示,在智慧屏应用的主界面上显示已连接的V65为华为智慧屏,并且华为智慧屏的今日使用时长为30分钟,可以点击右侧的开关机键打开/关闭华为智慧屏。主界面上还包括镜像操控、遥控器、畅联通话、搜索影片、留言板、远程看家等应用场景的按键,用户点击其中一个按键后,智慧屏应用进入对应的应用场景的操控服务界面。本申请实施例中,用户点击“遥控器”按键。Figure 14b is a schematic diagram of the main interface of the smart screen application. As shown in Figure 14b, the connected V65 is displayed on the main interface of the smart screen application as a Huawei smart screen, and the usage time of the Huawei smart screen today is 30 minutes. Click the power button on the right to turn on/off the Huawei Smart Screen. The main interface also includes buttons for application scenarios such as mirror control, remote control, smooth call, search for movies, message boards, and remote housekeeping. After the user clicks one of the buttons, the smart screen application enters the control service interface of the corresponding application scenario. In the embodiment of the present application, the user clicks the "remote control" button.
图14c为遥控器操控界面的一个示例性的示意图,如图14c所示,用户点击“遥控器”按键后,手机上可以以卡片的形式显示遥控器操控界面,该遥控器包括上下左右方向键1401、OK键1402、增加/减少键1403、退出键1404、菜单键1405、开关机键1406等。这些按键与物理遥控器的物理按键的功能相似,因此用户也可以像使用物理遥控器那样通过操作手机上的遥控器来操控V65。Figure 14c is an exemplary schematic diagram of the remote control interface. As shown in Figure 14c, after the user clicks the "remote control" button, the remote control interface can be displayed in the form of a card on the mobile phone, and the remote control includes up, down, left, and right direction keys 1401, OK key 1402, increase/decrease key 1403, exit key 1404, menu key 1405, power on/off key 1406, etc. These buttons have similar functions to the physical buttons of the physical remote control, so users can also operate the V65 by operating the remote control on the mobile phone just like using a physical remote control.
图14d为V65的主界面的一个示例性的示意图,如图14d所示,用户可以点击P30pro上的遥控器的上下左右键1401,以移动V65上的焦点,在移动过程中可以伴随焦点动效,当焦点移动到视频点播应用图标时,视频点播被选中,用户点击遥控器的OK键1402以打开当前焦点对应的内容(视频点播应用)。Figure 14d is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65. As shown in Figure 14d, the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys 1401 on the remote control on the P30pro to move the focus on the V65, and the focus movement can be accompanied during the movement , when the focus moves to the VOD application icon, the VOD is selected, and the user clicks the OK key 1402 on the remote control to open the content (VOD application) corresponding to the current focus.
V65上打开视频点播应用后,进入视频点播应用的主界面,该主界面上可以包括推荐视频、视频应用(芒果TV、爱奇艺、腾讯等)等列表,并且显示了推荐视频的缩略图,此外还包括用户的历史播放记录、收藏记录等,V65的主界面可以参照智能电视、电视盒子、机顶盒等的主界面,此处不再赘述。After opening the VOD application on the V65, enter the main interface of the VOD application. The main interface can include recommended videos, lists of video applications (Mango TV, iQiyi, Tencent, etc.), and the thumbnails of recommended videos are displayed. In addition, it also includes the user's historical playback records, collection records, etc. The main interface of the V65 can refer to the main interface of smart TVs, TV boxes, set-top boxes, etc., and will not be repeated here.
V65在打开视频点播应用后,可以执行图8或图11所示方法实施例的步骤以在P30pro上启动视频播控服务。上述假设中与V65具有绑定关系的电子设备除了P30pro外,还包括Mate30和MatePad Pro,V65的流转任务管理服务可以采用图11所示方法实施例中的步骤2从三个电子设备中确定出P30pro为可以提供视频播控服务的终端。P30pro也可以执行图8或图11所示方法实施例的步骤,从而在屏幕上弹出视频播控服务的操控界面。After opening the VOD application, the V65 can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 to start the video broadcast control service on the P30pro. In the above hypothesis, the electronic devices that have a binding relationship with V65 include Mate30 and MatePad Pro in addition to P30pro. The transfer task management service of V65 can be determined from the three electronic devices by using step 2 in the method embodiment shown in Figure 11. P30pro is a terminal that can provide video playback and control services. The P30pro can also execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 , so as to pop up the control interface of the video broadcast control service on the screen.
图14e为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图,如图14e所示,V65上播放用户选择的视频,P30pro的屏幕上弹出视频播控服务的操控界面。Figure 14e is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Figure 14e, the video selected by the user is played on the V65, and the control interface of the video broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
视频点播应用提供了很多视频,这些视频可以包括一张视频的封面图、视频的名称、视频时长、视频的制作人、视频的打分等信息,一方面可以便于用户了解视频的关键信息,另一方面可以起到吸引用户点击的效果,尤其是视频的封面图,通常是该视频的海报、宣传图或者最可以反映视频核心内容的视频截图等。在大屏上显示的视频的封面图可以是4K规格的大尺寸图片,为了提高通信效率,在终端的上显示的可以是封面图的缩略图,缩略图的尺寸可以适配终端的尺寸。终端可以在弹出视频播控服务的操控界面之前,从云端服务器下载得到视频的名称、视频时长、视频的制作人、视频的打分等信息,以及视频的缩略图。基于前述视频的信息生成视频播控服务的操控界面。The video-on-demand application provides a lot of videos. These videos can include information such as a video cover image, video name, video duration, video producer, and video scoring. On the one hand, it can facilitate users to understand the key information of the video. On the one hand, it can have the effect of attracting users to click, especially the cover image of the video, which is usually the poster, promotional image of the video, or a screenshot of the video that best reflects the core content of the video. The cover image of the video displayed on the large screen can be a 4K large-size image. In order to improve communication efficiency, the thumbnail of the cover image can be displayed on the terminal, and the size of the thumbnail can be adapted to the size of the terminal. Before popping up the control interface of the video broadcast control service, the terminal can download information such as the name of the video, the duration of the video, the producer of the video, the rating of the video, and the thumbnail of the video from the cloud server. A control interface for the video broadcast control service is generated based on the foregoing video information.
视频播控服务的操控界面上包括大屏上正在播放的视频的进度条1407,与该视频同系列的选集(1-5)按键1408(例如,某个电视剧的每一集对应的按键),“猜你喜欢”的视频的缩略图1409等。用户可以拖动进度条1407调整视频的播放进度,可以点击选集按键1408更换在大屏上播放的视频,可以点击缩略图1409将大屏上播放的视频更换为缩略 图对应的视频。The control interface of the video broadcast control service includes a progress bar 1407 of the video being played on the large screen, an anthology (1-5) button 1408 of the same series as the video (for example, a button corresponding to each episode of a TV series), The thumbnail image 1409 of the video of "guess you like" etc. The user can drag the progress bar 1407 to adjust the playback progress of the video, click the collection button 1408 to change the video played on the big screen, and click the thumbnail 1409 to replace the video played on the big screen with the video corresponding to the thumbnail.
此外,视频播控服务的操控界面上还包括“手机遥控器”按键1410,用户点击“手机遥控器”按键1410后,可以弹出如图14c所示的遥控器,这样用户可以在有需要的时候调出遥控器操控大屏。In addition, the control interface of the video broadcast control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control" button 1410. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control" button 1410, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can Bring up the remote control to control the big screen.
选择V65上播放的视频的方法可以包括:用户通过物理遥控器操控大屏选择视频;或者,用户通过P30pro上的遥控器操控大屏选择视频;或者,用户通过P30pro上的视频播控服务的操控界面操控大屏选择视频。The method of selecting the video to be played on the V65 may include: the user controls the large screen to select a video through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select a video through the remote control on the P30pro; or, the user controls the video through the video broadcast control service on the P30pro The interface controls the large screen to select the video.
实施例二Embodiment two
本申请实施例中,具备绑定关系的多个电子设备包括:手机(P30pro)和智慧屏(V65)。V65的前台业务应用为K歌应用,K歌播控服务是K歌应用的远程操控服务。In the embodiment of the present application, the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65). The foreground business application of V65 is a karaoke application, and the karaoke broadcast control service is a remote control service of the karaoke application.
P30pro可以执行实施例一中的图14a-图14c的方法,此处不再赘述。The P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a-Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
图15a为V65的主界面的一个示例性的示意图,如图15a所示,用户可以点击P30pro上的遥控器的上下左右键1401,以移动V65上的焦点,在移动过程中可以伴随焦点动效,当焦点移动到K歌应用图标时,K歌被选中,用户点击遥控器的OK键1402以打开当前焦点对应的内容(K歌应用)。Figure 15a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of the V65. As shown in Figure 15a, the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys 1401 on the remote control on the P30pro to move the focus on the V65, and the focus movement can be accompanied during the movement , when the focus moves to the karaoke application icon, karaoke is selected, and the user clicks the OK key 1402 on the remote control to open the content (Karaoke application) corresponding to the current focus.
V65上打开K歌应用后,V65和P30pro可以执行图8或图11所示方法实施例的步骤以在P30pro上启动K歌播控服务,P30pro的屏幕上弹出K歌播控服务的操控界面。After the karaoke application is opened on the V65, the V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 to start the karaoke broadcast control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
图15b为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图,如图15b所示,V65上播放用户选择的歌曲的MV,P30pro的屏幕上弹出K歌播控服务的操控界面。Figure 15b is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Figure 15b, the MV of the song selected by the user is played on the V65, and the control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
全民K歌应用提供了很多歌曲,这些歌曲可以包括歌曲的名称、歌手、演唱次数等信息,一方面可以便于用户了解歌曲的关键信息,另一方面可以起到吸引用户点击的效果。终端可以在弹出K歌播控服务的操控界面之前,从云端服务器下载得到歌曲的名称、歌手、演唱次数等信息。基于前述歌曲的信息生成K歌播控服务的操控界面。The National K Songs application provides a lot of songs, and these songs can include information such as the name of the song, the singer, and the number of singing times. On the one hand, it can facilitate users to understand the key information of the song, and on the other hand, it can attract users to click. Before popping up the control interface of the K song broadcast control service, the terminal can download and obtain information such as the name of the song, the singer, and the number of times of singing from the cloud server. Based on the aforementioned song information, a control interface for the K song play control service is generated.
K歌播控服务的操控界面上包括全民K歌的热门K歌列表1501和已点歌曲列表1502。用户可以在热门K歌列表中选取一首歌,点击“添加”按键1503可以将这首歌加入已点歌列表,可以在已点歌曲列表中点击一首歌,大屏上直接切换到播放这首歌的MV。The control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service includes a list of popular karaoke songs 1501 and a list of selected songs 1502 . The user can select a song in the popular karaoke list, click the "add" button 1503 to add this song to the ordered song list, and click a song in the ordered song list, and the big screen will directly switch to the play button. MV of the song.
此外,K歌播控服务的操控界面上还包括“手机遥控器”按键1504,用户点击“手机遥控器”按键1504后,可以弹出如图14c所示的遥控器,这样用户可以在有需要的时候调出遥控器操控大屏。In addition, the control interface of the karaoke broadcast control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control" button 1504. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control" button 1504, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can Time to call up the remote control to control the big screen.
选择V65上播放的歌曲的方法可以包括:用户通过物理遥控器操控大屏选择歌曲;或者,用户通过P30pro上的遥控器操控大屏选择歌曲;或者,用户通过P30pro上的K歌播控服务的操控界面操控大屏选择歌曲。The method for selecting a song to play on the V65 may include: the user controls the large screen to select a song through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select a song through the remote control on the P30pro; The control interface controls the large screen to select songs.
选择歌曲的过程可以包括:用户通过物理遥控器操控大屏选择歌曲;或者,用户通过P30pro上的遥控器操控大屏选择歌曲;或者,用户通过P30pro上的K歌播控服务的操控界面操控大屏选择视频。The process of selecting songs may include: the user controls the large screen to select songs through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select songs through the remote control on the P30pro; or, the user controls the large screen through the control interface of the K song broadcast control service on the P30pro screen to select a video.
实施例三Embodiment three
本申请实施例中,具备绑定关系的多个电子设备包括:手机(P30pro)和智慧屏(V65)。V65的前台业务应用为图库应用,图库操控服务是图库应用的远程操控服务。In the embodiment of the present application, the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65). The foreground business application of V65 is the gallery application, and the gallery control service is the remote control service of the gallery application.
P30pro可以执行实施例一中的图14a-图14c的方法,此处不再赘述。The P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a-Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
图16a为V65的主界面的一个示例性的示意图,如图16a所示,用户可以点击P30pro上的遥控器的上下左右键1401,以移动V65上的焦点,在移动过程中可以伴随焦点动效,当焦点移动到图库应用图标时,图库被选中,用户点击遥控器的OK键1402以打开当前焦点对应的内容(图库应用)。Figure 16a is an exemplary schematic diagram of the main interface of V65. As shown in Figure 16a, the user can click the up, down, left, and right keys 1401 on the remote control on the P30pro to move the focus on the V65, and the focus movement can be accompanied during the movement , when the focus moves to the gallery application icon, the gallery is selected, and the user clicks the OK key 1402 on the remote control to open the content corresponding to the current focus (the gallery application).
V65上打开图库应用后,V65和P30pro可以执行图8或图11所示方法实施例的步骤以在P30pro上启动图库操控服务,P30pro的屏幕上弹出图库操控服务的操控界面。After opening the gallery application on the V65, the V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 11 to start the gallery control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the gallery control service will pop up on the screen of the P30pro.
图16b为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图,如图16b所示,V65上显示用户选择的图像,P30pro的屏幕上弹出图库操控服务的操控界面。Figure 16b is an exemplary schematic diagram of cross-device transfer control between V65 and P30pro. As shown in Figure 16b, the image selected by the user is displayed on the V65, and the control interface of the library control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
图库应用中包含了很多用户的图像,该图像包括用户操控大屏截屏得到的截图、用户操控大屏拍照得到的照片等。终端可以在弹出图库操控服务的操控界面之前,从大屏下载图库中的图像的缩略图。基于前述缩略图生成图库操控服务的操控界面。The gallery application contains a lot of images of the user, and the images include screenshots obtained by the user manipulating the large screen to capture screenshots, photos obtained by the user manipulating the large screen to take pictures, and the like. The terminal may download the thumbnails of the images in the gallery from the large screen before popping up the manipulation interface of the gallery manipulation service. A manipulation interface of the gallery manipulation service is generated based on the foregoing thumbnail images.
图库操控服务的操控界面上包括家庭相机中的图像的缩略图1601,该家庭相机中的图像存储于V65中,P30pro在获取操控界面的过程中,除了可以得到操控界面的数据,还可以获取V65上的图像信息,以便于生成缩略图。用户可以点击某一个缩略图,以表示选中该缩略图对应的图像在V65上显示。The control interface of the gallery control service includes thumbnails 1601 of the images in the home camera. The images in the home camera are stored in the V65. In the process of obtaining the control interface, the P30pro can not only obtain the data of the control interface, but also obtain the V65 Image information on the image to facilitate thumbnail generation. The user can click a certain thumbnail to indicate that the image corresponding to the thumbnail is selected and displayed on the V65.
此外,图库操控服务的操控界面上还包括“手机遥控器”按键1602,用户点击“手机遥控器”按键1602后,可以弹出如图14c所示的遥控器,这样用户可以在有需要的时候调出遥控器操控大屏。In addition, the control interface of the gallery control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control" button 1602. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control" button 1602, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can adjust the remote control when necessary. Use the remote control to control the big screen.
选择V65上显示的图像的方法可以包括:用户通过物理遥控器操控大屏选择图像;或者,用户通过P30pro上的遥控器操控大屏选择图像;或者,用户通过P30pro上的图库操控服务的操控界面,点击缩略图,这样与缩略图对应的图像便会在V65上显示出来。The method for selecting the image displayed on the V65 may include: the user controls the large screen to select an image through a physical remote control; or, the user controls the large screen to select an image through the remote control on the P30pro; or, the user controls the control interface of the service through the gallery on the P30pro , click the thumbnail, and the image corresponding to the thumbnail will be displayed on the V65.
实施例四Embodiment four
本申请实施例中,具备绑定关系的多个电子设备包括:手机(P30pro)和智慧屏(V65)。V65的前台业务应用为赛车游戏应用,赛车游戏操控服务是赛车游戏应用的远程操控服务。In the embodiment of the present application, the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65). The foreground business application of the V65 is a racing game application, and the racing game control service is a remote control service of the racing game application.
P30pro可以执行实施例一中的图14a-图14c的方法,此处不再赘述。The P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a-Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
图17为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图,如图17所示,V65上打开赛车游戏应用后,V65和P30pro可以执行图8或图11所示方法实施例的步骤以在P30pro上启动赛车游戏操控服务,P30pro的屏幕上弹出赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面。Fig. 17 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Fig. 17, after opening the racing game application on V65, V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in Fig. 8 or Fig. 11 to Start the racing game control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the racing game control service will pop up on the screen of the P30pro.
V65上显示赛车游戏的画面,P30pro的屏幕上弹出赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面。The screen of the racing game is displayed on the V65, and the control interface of the racing game control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
终端可以从云端服务器获取用户的账号信息、历史赛车排名、赛车游戏的画面数据、赛车操控的控件数据等,从大屏获取用户的历史设置数据、游戏进度等,基于前述数据终端可以生成赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面。The terminal can obtain the user's account information, historical racing rankings, racing game screen data, racing control control data, etc. from the cloud server, and obtain the user's historical setting data, game progress, etc. from the large screen. Based on the aforementioned data, the terminal can generate racing games. Control the control interface of the service.
赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面上包括左右方向键、渲染得到的赛车地图、赛道等画面、赛车的图像等。用户可以通过对左右方向键的点击操作操控赛车在赛道上的前进方向。The control interface of the racing game control service includes the left and right arrow keys, the rendered racing map, the racing track and other images, and the racing car image. The user can control the forward direction of the car on the track by clicking on the left and right arrow keys.
此外,赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面上还包括悬浮面板1701,该悬浮面板1701上包括主界面按键1702、菜单按键1703、退出按键1704,用户可以点击主界面按键1702直接退回到主界面,可以点击菜单按键1703弹出菜单选项,可以点击退出按键1704退出赛 车游戏应用,可以点击悬浮面板的“”1705切换手型辅助模式。In addition, the control interface of the racing game control service also includes a floating panel 1701. The floating panel 1701 includes a main interface button 1702, a menu button 1703, and an exit button 1704. The user can click the main interface button 1702 to directly return to the main interface. The menu button 1703 pops up menu options, you can click the exit button 1704 to exit the racing game application, and you can click "" 1705 on the floating panel to switch the hand assist mode.
随着用户在赛车游戏操控服务的操控界面上的操作,V65上显示的赛车游戏的画面随之切换,包括赛车位置的变化伴随的画面变化,该画面包括赛道、周围镜像等。As the user operates on the control interface of the racing game control service, the picture of the racing game displayed on the V65 will switch accordingly, including the picture changes accompanying the change of the position of the racing car. The picture includes the track and surrounding mirror images.
实施例五Embodiment five
本申请实施例中,具备绑定关系的多个电子设备包括:手机(P30pro)和智慧屏(V65)。V65的前台业务应用为直播应用,直播播控服务是直播应用的远程操控服务。In the embodiment of the present application, the multiple electronic devices with a binding relationship include: a mobile phone (P30pro) and a smart screen (V65). The foreground business application of the V65 is a live broadcast application, and the live broadcast control service is a remote control service for the live broadcast application.
P30pro可以执行实施例一中的图14a-图14c的方法,此处不再赘述。The P30pro can execute the method shown in Figure 14a-Figure 14c in Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated here.
图18为V65和P30pro进行跨设备流转操控的一个示例性的示意图,如图18所示,V65上打开直播应用后,V65和P30pro可以执行图8或图11所示方法实施例的步骤以在P30pro上启动直播播控服务,P30pro的屏幕上弹出直播播控服务的操控界面。Figure 18 is an exemplary schematic diagram of V65 and P30pro performing cross-device streaming control. As shown in Figure 18, after the live broadcast application is opened on V65, V65 and P30pro can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in Figure 8 or Figure 11 to Start the live broadcast control service on the P30pro, and the control interface of the live broadcast control service will pop up on the screen of the P30pro.
V65上显示直播画面,P30pro的屏幕上弹出直播播控服务的操控界面。The live broadcast screen is displayed on the V65, and the control interface of the live broadcast control service pops up on the screen of the P30pro.
终端可以从云端服务器下载直播应用的频道信息,包括频道名称、频道的编号、频道的类别等。基于前述频道信息生成直播播控服务的操控界面。The terminal can download the channel information of the live application from the cloud server, including channel name, channel number, channel category, and the like. Based on the foregoing channel information, a control interface for the live broadcast control service is generated.
直播播控服务的操控界面上包括直播列表,该直播列表包括全部列表、卫视列表、央视列表、本地列表和数字列表。每个列表中包含多个直播台的按键,例如,全部列表包括北京卫视、劲爆体育、浙江卫视、东方卫视、四川卫视、东南卫视、生活时尚、陕西卫视等。用户可以点击某一个直播台的按键,以表示选中直播台的画面在V65上播放。The control interface of the live broadcast control service includes a live list, which includes all lists, satellite TV lists, CCTV lists, local lists and digital lists. Each list contains buttons for multiple live broadcast stations, for example, the full list includes Beijing Satellite TV, Madden Sports, Zhejiang Satellite TV, Dragon TV, Sichuan Satellite TV, Southeast Satellite TV, Lifestyle, Shaanxi Satellite TV, etc. The user can click the button of a certain live station to indicate that the screen of the selected live station will be played on the V65.
此外,直播播控服务的操控界面上还包括悬浮面板1801,该悬浮面板1801上包括主界面按键1802、菜单按键1803、退出按键1804,用户可以点击主界面按键直接退回到主界面,可以点击菜单按键弹出菜单选项,可以点击退出按键退出直播应用,可以点击悬浮面板的“”1805切换手型辅助模式。In addition, the control interface of the live broadcast control service also includes a floating panel 1801. The floating panel 1801 includes a main interface button 1802, a menu button 1803, and an exit button 1804. The user can click the main interface button to directly return to the main interface, or click the menu The button pops up menu options, you can click the exit button to exit the live broadcast application, and you can click "" 1805 on the floating panel to switch the hand assist mode.
随着用户在直播播控服务的操控界面上的操作,V65上显示的内容切换为用户选择额直播台的画面。As the user operates on the control interface of the live broadcast control service, the content displayed on the V65 switches to the screen where the user selects the live broadcast station.
实施例六Embodiment six
图19为P30pro的主界面的一个示意图,如图19所示,P30pro的屏幕上可以弹出开关机界面,该开关机界面上包括“一键开/关机”按键1901。当绑定的V65没有打开时,用户可以点击“一键开/关机”按键1901,以操控打开V65;当绑定的V65打开时,用户可以点击“一键开/关机”按键1901,以操控关闭V65。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of the main interface of the P30pro. As shown in FIG. 19 , a power-on/off interface can pop up on the screen of the P30pro, and the power-on/off interface includes a button 1901 for “one-key on/off”. When the bound V65 is not turned on, the user can click the "one-key on/off" button 1901 to control and turn on the V65; when the bound V65 is on, the user can click the "one-key on/off" button 1901 to control Turn off the V65.
需要说明的是,上述几个实施例只作为示例,描述大屏和终端之间可以在多个应用场景下建立大屏业务的跨设备流转操控,但本申请实施例提供的方案并不限定于上述应用场景,还可以应用于其它多个应用场景,例如,终端操控大屏拍照,终端操控大屏播放运动健身视频,终端操控大屏进行畅联通话,终端操控大屏进行图像分享,等等。亦即,无论针对大屏上的哪种业务应用,均可以创建与其对应的操控服务,进而将该操控服务部署在终端上,即可实现该业务的跨设备流转操控。另外,本申请实施例中操控服务的操控界面并不限定于上述几个实施例的图示画面,还可以采用其它设计方案,对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned embodiments are only used as examples to describe the cross-device flow control that can establish large-screen services in multiple application scenarios between the large-screen and the terminal, but the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are not limited to The above application scenarios can also be applied to many other application scenarios, for example, the terminal controls the large screen to take pictures, the terminal controls the large screen to play sports and fitness videos, the terminal controls the large screen to make smooth calls, the terminal controls the large screen to share images, etc. . That is to say, no matter what kind of business application on the large screen, you can create the corresponding control service, and then deploy the control service on the terminal to realize the cross-device flow control of the business. In addition, the control interface of the control service in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the graphic screens in the above-mentioned several embodiments, and other design schemes may also be adopted, which is not specifically limited.
图20为本申请实施例的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法的过程2000的流程图。过程2000可由应用场景40中的两个电子设备共同执行,其中,一个电子设备为大屏,另一个电子设备为终端。过程2000描述为一系列的步骤或操作,应当理解的是,过程2000可以 以各种顺序执行和/或同时发生,不限于图20所示的执行顺序。FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a process 2000 of a method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services according to an embodiment of the present application. The process 2000 may be jointly executed by two electronic devices in the application scenario 40, wherein one electronic device is a large screen, and the other electronic device is a terminal. Process 2000 is described as a series of steps or operations, and it should be understood that process 2000 may be performed in various orders and/or concurrently, and is not limited to the order of execution shown in FIG. 20 .
本申请实施例中,在执行过程2000之前,两个电子设备可以执行图8所示的过程800,在大屏和终端建立起第一业务应用的跨设备流转操控,即,大屏的前台业务应用为第一业务应用,终端正通过第一操控服务对第一业务应用进行操控,终端上显示第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面。In the embodiment of this application, before executing the process 2000, the two electronic devices can execute the process 800 shown in Figure 8 to establish the cross-device flow control of the first business application on the large screen and the terminal, that is, the foreground business of the large screen The application is a first service application, and the terminal is manipulating the first service application through the first manipulation service, and a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service is displayed on the terminal.
过程2000可以包括: Process 2000 may include:
步骤2001、大屏的前台业务应用从第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用。 Step 2001, the foreground business application on the large screen is switched from the first business application to the second business application.
如上所述,在过程2000开始之前,大屏的前台业务应用为第一业务应用,终端的操控服务为第一操控服务,终端通过接收作用于第一操控服务的第一操控界面上的操作,实现对第一业务应用的操控。As mentioned above, before the process 2000 starts, the foreground business application of the large screen is the first business application, and the control service of the terminal is the first control service, and the terminal receives operations on the first control interface of the first control service, The manipulation of the first service application is realized.
前台业务应用从第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用,一种可能的情况是,用户通过操作物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器退出大屏的屏幕上显示的第一业务应用,再启动大屏上的第二业务应用,大屏的屏幕上显示第二业务应用,前台业务应用切换成第二业务应用;另一种可能的情况是,用户通过操作物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器,在未退出屏幕上显示的第一业务应用的情况下,启动第二业务应用,大屏的屏幕上显示第二业务应用,前台业务应用切换成第二业务应用,此前显示的第一业务应用退至大屏的后台运行,成为大屏的后台业务应用;又一种可能的情况是,在使用大屏上显示的业务应用的过程中,大屏接收到了来自及时呼叫应用(例如畅联通话应用)的来电呼叫,用户通过操作物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器接通该来电呼叫,此时大屏上显示及时呼叫应用,前台业务应用切换成该及时呼叫应用(第二业务应用),而此前的第一业务应用退至大屏的后台运行,成为大屏的后台业务应用。The foreground service application is switched from the first service application to the second service application. One possible situation is that the user exits the first service application displayed on the large screen by operating the physical remote control or the simulated remote control on the terminal, and restarts The second business application on the large screen, the second business application is displayed on the large screen, and the foreground business application is switched to the second business application; another possible situation is that the user operates the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal device, without exiting the first business application displayed on the screen, start the second business application, the second business application is displayed on the large screen, the foreground business application is switched to the second business application, and the previously displayed first business application The application retreats to run in the background of the large screen and becomes the background business application of the large screen; another possible situation is that, in the process of using the business application displayed on the large screen, the large screen receives a timely call application (such as Unicom phone application), the user connects the incoming call by operating the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the terminal. At this time, the instant call application is displayed on the large screen, and the foreground service application is switched to the instant call application (the second service application ), while the previous first business application retreated to the background operation of the large screen and became the background business application of the large screen.
上述终端上的模拟遥控器可以通过点击第一操控界面上的“手机遥控器”按键(例如如图14e所示),在终端的屏幕上显示出来(例如如图14c所示)。The simulated remote controller on the above-mentioned terminal can be displayed on the screen of the terminal (for example, as shown in FIG. 14c ) by clicking the "mobile phone remote control" button on the first control interface (for example, as shown in FIG. 14e ).
例如,第一业务应用为视频点播应用,其对应的第一操控服务为视频播控服务,在大屏上的视频播放的过程中,大屏接收到畅联通话应用的视频通话请求,大屏接收到接受呼叫的操作指令后,前台业务应用切换到畅联通话应用,屏幕上显示畅联通话应用的通话界面。前述接受呼叫的操作指令来自物理遥控器或者终端上的模拟遥控器。For example, the first business application is a video-on-demand application, and its corresponding first control service is a video broadcast control service. After receiving the operation instruction of accepting the call, the foreground business application switches to the Changlian calling application, and the calling interface of the Changlian calling application is displayed on the screen. The aforementioned operation instruction for accepting a call comes from a physical remote controller or an analog remote controller on the terminal.
步骤2002、大屏向终端发送针对第一操控服务的操控终止请求。Step 2002, the large screen sends a manipulation termination request for the first manipulation service to the terminal.
大屏上的前台业务应用从第一业务应用切换到第二业务应用,第一业务应用退出或成为大屏的后台业务应用,因此大屏要向终端发送针对第一操控服务的操控终止请求,以使得终端不再提供第一业务应用的第一操控服务,关闭第一操控界面。The foreground business application on the big screen is switched from the first business application to the second business application, and the first business application exits or becomes the background business application of the big screen, so the big screen sends a control termination request for the first control service to the terminal, Close the first manipulation interface so that the terminal no longer provides the first manipulation service of the first business application.
步骤2003、大屏向终端发送针对第二操控服务的操控服务请求。Step 2003, the large screen sends a manipulation service request for the second manipulation service to the terminal.
为了实现大屏和终端的第二业务应用的跨设备流转操控,大屏在切换成第二业务应用后,可以向终端发送操控服务请求。In order to realize the cross-device flow control of the second business application of the large screen and the terminal, after the large screen is switched to the second business application, it can send a control service request to the terminal.
第二操控服务请求也可以包括第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,第二操控服务是对应于第二业务应用的操控服务。The second manipulation service request may also include identification information of the second business application and/or identification information of the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
步骤2004、终端响应于操控终止请求,不再显示第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面。In step 2004, the terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the manipulation termination request.
终端响应于操控终止请求,不再显示第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面的过程可以参见上述方法实施例的步骤902,此处不再赘述。For a process in which the terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the manipulation termination request, reference may be made to step 902 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
步骤2005、终端响应于操控服务请求,显示第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面。Step 2005, the terminal displays a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service in response to the manipulation service request.
终端响应于操控服务请求,显示第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面可以参见上述方法实施例的步骤803,此处不再赘述。For the terminal displaying the second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service in response to the manipulation service request, reference may be made to step 803 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
由于第一业务应用和第二业务应用不同,相应的,第一操控服务和第二操控服务也不同,第一操控界面和第二操控界面的内容,包括界面排布、界面上包含的控件、界面的文字等,也是不同的。Since the first business application is different from the second business application, correspondingly, the first manipulation service is different from the second manipulation service. The contents of the first manipulation interface and the second manipulation interface include layout of the interface, controls included on the interface, The text of the interface, etc. are also different.
步骤2006、终端向大屏发送作用于第二操控界面上的操作所产生的操作指令。Step 2006, the terminal sends the operation instruction generated by the operation on the second control interface to the large screen.
步骤2006可以参见上述方法实施例的步骤804,此处不再赘述。For step 2006, reference may be made to step 804 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
步骤2007、大屏根据操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对第二业务应用的操控。Step 2007, the large screen performs corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the second business application.
步骤2007可以参见上述方法实施例的步骤805,此处不再赘述。For step 2007, reference may be made to step 805 in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例,大屏的前台业务应用发生切换后,终端上可以自动关闭切换前的业务应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,显示切换后的业务应用的操控服务的操控界面,这样可以在终端上快速显示不同业务应用对应的操控服务的操控界面,省去用户根据大屏的前台业务应用从智慧屏应用中选择对应的操控服务的过程,相应的,用户也不需要知道业务应用和操控服务之间的对应关系,不必记住各个操控服务的选取路径,操作简单,提升用户体验。In the embodiment of the present application, after the foreground business application on the large screen is switched, the control interface of the control service corresponding to the business application before switching can be automatically closed on the terminal, and the control interface of the control service of the switched business application can be displayed on the terminal. Quickly display the control interface of the control service corresponding to different business applications, eliminating the need for the user to select the corresponding control service from the smart screen application according to the front-end business application of the large screen. Correspondingly, the user does not need to know the business application and control service There is no need to remember the selection path of each control service, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
实施例七Embodiment seven
在上述实施例一至实施例六中,示例性的说明了大屏上的几种业务应用的跨设备流转操控的过程,一旦大屏上启动前台业务应用,那么在终端上就会弹出与该前台业务应用对应的操控服务的操控界面。In the first to sixth embodiments above, the process of cross-device flow control of several business applications on the large screen is exemplified. Once the foreground business application is started on the large screen, the terminal will pop up the The control interface of the control service corresponding to the business application.
在大屏上运行的业务应用包括前台业务应用和后台业务应用,其中,前台业务应用是指大屏的屏幕上显示的业务应用;后台业务应用是指大屏的屏幕上没有显示该业务应用,但是大屏的处理器仍然在运行该业务应用的程序。例如,畅联通话应用,当用户使用畅联通话应用进行视频通话时,屏幕上显示的是畅联通话应用的视频通话界面,此时畅联通话应用是大屏的前台业务应用;当用户使用视频点播应用时,屏幕上没有显示畅联通话应用,但是为了在有人呼入时收到视频通话的申请,大屏的处理器仍然在运行畅联通话应用的程序,该程序可以是支持监测畅联通话应用的呼入的功能的最少程序,此时畅联通话应用是大屏的后台业务应用。The business applications running on the large screen include foreground business applications and background business applications. Among them, the foreground business application refers to the business application displayed on the screen of the large screen; the background business application refers to the business application not displayed on the screen of the large screen. But the processor of the large screen is still running the program of the business application. For example, for the Changlian call application, when the user uses the Changlian call application to make a video call, the video call interface of the Changlian call application is displayed on the screen. At this time, the Changlian call application is a foreground business application with a large screen; when the user uses When the video-on-demand application is used, the Changlian calling application is not displayed on the screen, but in order to receive the video call application when someone calls in, the processor of the large screen is still running the Changlian calling application program, which can support the monitoring of the Changlian calling application. The minimum program for the call-in function of the Unicom call application. At this time, the Unicom call application is a background business application on a large screen.
在终端上,提供的操控服务与大屏上的前台业务应用对应,一旦大屏上的前台业务应用从第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用,终端则会关闭第一业务应用对应的第一操控服务的第一操控界面,显示第二业务应用对应的第二操控服务的第二操控界面。On the terminal, the control service provided corresponds to the foreground business application on the large screen. Once the foreground business application on the large screen is switched from the first business application to the second business application, the terminal will close the first business application corresponding to the first business application. The first manipulation interface of the manipulation service displays the second manipulation interface of the second manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
例如,大屏上正在使用视频点播应用播放视频,终端上弹出的视频播控服务的操控界面,可以参照图14a-图14e所示实施例。For example, when a video-on-demand application is being used to play a video on the large screen, and the control interface of the video broadcast control service pops up on the terminal, refer to the embodiments shown in Figs. 14a-14e.
图21a为V65的视频通话界面的一个示意图,如图21a所示,V65在播放视频的过程中,接到畅联通话应用的视频通话请求,用户可以通过操作物理遥控器或者P30pro上的模拟遥控器接听视屏通话,其中,如图14e所示,用户可以点击视频播控服务的操作界面上的“手机遥控器”按键,P30pro上弹出如图14c所示的模拟遥控器,用户通过点击上下左右键1401将焦点聚焦于图21a中的“接听”按键,再点击OK按键1402,选中接听视频通话。Figure 21a is a schematic diagram of the video call interface of V65. As shown in Figure 21a, during the process of playing video, V65 receives a video call request from the Changlian call application, and the user can operate the physical remote control or the analog remote control on the P30pro The device answers the video call. As shown in Figure 14e, the user can click the "mobile phone remote control" button on the operation interface of the video broadcast control service, and the analog remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up on the P30pro. Key 1401 focuses on the "Answer" button in Fig. 21a, and then clicks OK button 1402 to select to answer the video call.
此时大屏的屏幕上显示畅联通话应用的通话界面,大屏的前台业务应用切换为畅联通话应用,大屏和终端可以自动执行图20所示方法实施例的步骤以在终端上自动启动畅联通话操控服务,其中,第一业务应用为视频点播应用,第一操控服务为视频播控服务,第二业务应用为畅联通话应用,第二操控服务为畅联通话操控服务。At this time, the call interface of the Changlian call application is displayed on the screen of the large screen, and the foreground business application of the large screen is switched to the Changlian call application, and the large screen and the terminal can automatically execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. Start the Changlian call control service, wherein the first business application is a video-on-demand application, the first control service is a video broadcast control service, the second business application is a Changlian call application, and the second control service is a Changlian call control service.
终端关闭视频播控服务的操控界面,弹出畅联通话操控服务的操控界面。相应的,图21a为V65的视频通话界面的一个示意图如图21b所示,畅联通话操控服务的操控界面包括“切换摄像头”按键、“挂断”按键、“静音”按键、“扬声器”按键、“切换语音”按键和“分享屏幕”按键。用户可以点击“切换摄像头”按键以在视频通话时切换前/后置摄像头,点击“挂断”按键以挂断当前的视频通话,点击“静音”按键以关闭本地的录音功能,点击“扬声器”按键以使得视频通话的声音通过扬声器播放出来,点击“切换语音”按键以将当前的视频通话切换为语音通话,点击“分享屏幕”按键以将自己的大屏的屏幕分享给视频通话的对方。此外,畅联通话操控服务的操控界面上还包括“手机遥控器”按键2001,用户点击“手机遥控器”按键2001后,可以弹出如图14c所示的遥控器,这样用户可以在有需要的时候调出遥控器操控大屏。The terminal closes the control interface of the video broadcast control service, and pops up the control interface of the Changlian call control service. Correspondingly, Fig. 21a is a schematic diagram of the video call interface of V65. As shown in Fig. 21b, the control interface of Changlian call control service includes the "switch camera" button, the "hang up" button, the "mute" button, and the "speaker" button , "Switch Voice" button and "Share Screen" button. Users can click the "Switch Camera" button to switch the front/rear camera during a video call, click the "Hangup" button to hang up the current video call, click the "Mute" button to turn off the local recording function, click "Speaker" Press the button to make the sound of the video call play through the speaker, click the "Switch Voice" button to switch the current video call to a voice call, and click the "Share Screen" button to share the screen of your own large screen with the other party in the video call. In addition, the control interface of Changlian call control service also includes a "mobile phone remote control" button 2001. After the user clicks the "mobile phone remote control" button 2001, the remote control as shown in Figure 14c will pop up, so that the user can Time to call up the remote control to control the big screen.
当畅联通话应用的视频通话结束后,大屏上前台业务应用又从畅联通话应用切换到视频点播应用,重新在大屏的屏幕上播放视频点播应用中的视频,相应的,大屏和终端可以执行图20所示方法实施例的步骤以在终端上关闭畅联通话操控服务的操控界面,显示视频播控服务的操控界面,如图14e所示。此时,第一业务应用为畅联通话应用,第一操控服务为畅联通话操控服务,第二业务应用为视频点播应用,第二操控服务为视频播控服务。After the video call of the Changlian call application ends, the foreground business application on the large screen switches from the Changlian call application to the video-on-demand application, and the video in the video-on-demand application is played on the large screen again. Correspondingly, the large screen and The terminal can execute the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 20 to close the control interface of the Changlian call control service on the terminal, and display the control interface of the video broadcast control service, as shown in FIG. 14e. At this time, the first business application is the Unicom call application, the first control service is the Unicom call control service, the second business application is a video-on-demand application, and the second control service is a video broadcast control service.
应当理解的是,电子设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件和/或软件模块。结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以结合实施例对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the electronic device includes hardware and/or software modules corresponding to each function. In combination with the algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions in combination with the embodiments for each specific application, but this implementation should not be considered as exceeding the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本实施例可以根据上述方法示例对电子设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块可以采用硬件的形式实现。需要说明的是,本实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment, the functional modules of the electronic device may be divided according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
一个示例中,图22示出了本申请实施例的一种装置2200的示意性框图,如图22所示,装置2200可包括:处理器2201和收发器/收发管脚2202,可选地,还包括存储器2203。In an example, FIG. 22 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 2200 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 22 , the apparatus 2200 may include: a processor 2201 and a transceiver/receiver pin 2202. Optionally, A memory 2203 is also included.
装置2200的各个组件通过总线2204耦合在一起,其中总线2204除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都称为总线2204。Various components of the device 2200 are coupled together through a bus 2204, wherein the bus 2204 includes not only a data bus, but also a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for clarity of illustration, the various buses are referred to as bus 2204 in the figure.
可选地,存储器2203可以用于前述方法实施例中的指令。该处理器2201可用于执行存储器2203中的指令,并控制接收管脚接收信号,以及控制发送管脚发送信号。Optionally, the memory 2203 may be used for the instructions in the foregoing method embodiments. The processor 2201 can be used to execute instructions in the memory 2203, and control the receiving pin to receive signals, and control the sending pin to send signals.
装置2200可以是上述方法实施例中的电子设备或电子设备的芯片。The apparatus 2200 may be the electronic device or the chip of the electronic device in the foregoing method embodiments.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功 能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiment can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
本实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法。This embodiment also provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the electronic device, the electronic device executes the steps of the above-mentioned related methods to realize the large-screen service in the above-mentioned embodiment. Cross-device flow control method.
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法。This embodiment also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to realize the method for controlling cross-device flow of large-screen services in the above-mentioned embodiment.
另外,本申请实施例的实施例还提供一种装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件或模块,该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法。In addition, the embodiment of the embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the device may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the device runs At this time, the processor can execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for controlling cross-device streaming of large-screen services in the above method embodiments.
其中,本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the electronic device, computer storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment is all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, therefore, the beneficial effects it can achieve can refer to the corresponding method provided above The beneficial effects in the method will not be repeated here.
通过以上实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above functions can be assigned by different Completion of functional modules means that the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请实施例所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the embodiments of the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or It may be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, which may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请实施例各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
本申请实施例各个实施例的任意内容,以及同一实施例的任意内容,均可以自由组合。对上述内容的任意组合均在本申请实施例的范围之内。Any content of each embodiment of the embodiment of the present application, and any content of the same embodiment can be freely combined. Any combination of the above content is within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请实施例各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If an integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium Among them, several instructions are included to make a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk.
上面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请实施例并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请实施例的启示下,在不脱离本申请实施例宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请实施例的保护之内。The embodiments of the embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative, not restrictive. Under the enlightenment of the embodiment of the application, those of ordinary skill can also make many forms without departing from the purpose of the embodiment of the application and the scope of protection of the claims, all of which belong to the protection of the embodiment of the application.

Claims (57)

  1. 一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,应用于包括大屏和终端的系统中,其特征在于,所述大屏和所述终端之间具备绑定关系;所述方法包括:A cross-device transfer control method for large-screen services, applied to a system including a large screen and a terminal, characterized in that the large screen and the terminal have a binding relationship; the method includes:
    所述大屏上开启第一业务应用;Opening the first business application on the large screen;
    所述大屏向所述终端发送第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务;The large screen sends a first manipulation service request to the terminal, where the first manipulation service request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service, and the first manipulation service The service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application;
    所述终端响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面;The terminal displays a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the first manipulation service request;
    所述终端通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控。The terminal realizes the manipulation of the first service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    所述大屏的前台业务应用从所述第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用;The foreground business application of the large screen is switched from the first business application to a second business application;
    所述大屏向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务;The large screen sends a second manipulation service request to the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second business application and/or identification information of the second manipulation service, and the second manipulation service The service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application;
    所述终端响应于所述第二操控服务请求,显示所述第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面,其中,所述第二操控界面不同于所述第一操控界面;In response to the second manipulation service request, the terminal displays a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface;
    所述终端通过接收作用于所述第二操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第二业务应用的操控。The terminal realizes the manipulation of the second service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the second manipulation interface.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述大屏向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求之后,还包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that after the large screen sends the second manipulation service request to the terminal, further comprising:
    所述终端关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面且终止所述第一操控服务;或者,所述终端关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面但保留所述第一操控服务。The terminal closes the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminates the first manipulation service; or, the terminal closes the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service but retains the first manipulation service.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the terminal implements the first service opened on the large screen by receiving an operation on the first control interface. App manipulation, including:
    所述终端通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,产生对应的操作指令并将所述操作指令发送给所述大屏;The terminal generates a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface and sends the operation instruction to the large screen;
    所述大屏根据所述操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对所述第一业务应用的操控。The large screen executes corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, characterized in that, after the terminal displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the first manipulation service request, the method Also includes:
    所述大屏向所述终端发送操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;The large screen sends a manipulation termination request to the terminal, where the manipulation termination request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service;
    所述终端响应于所述操控终止请求,不再显示所述第一操控界面;The terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface in response to the manipulation termination request;
    所述大屏退出所述第一业务应用。The large screen exits the first service application.
  6. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, characterized in that, after the terminal displays the first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the first manipulation service request, the method Also includes:
    所述终端向所述大屏发送业务终止请求;The terminal sends a service termination request to the large screen;
    所述大屏响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用;The large screen exits the first service application in response to the service termination request;
    所述终端不再显示所述第一操控界面。The terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端不再显示所述第一操控界面之前,还包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein before the terminal no longer displays the first control interface, further comprising:
    所述大屏向所述终端发送业务应用退出响应;The large screen sends a service application exit response to the terminal;
    所述终端不再显示所述第一操控界面,包括:The terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface, including:
    所述终端响应于所述业务应用退出响应,不再显示所述第一操控界面。The terminal no longer displays the first manipulation interface in response to the exit response of the service application.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为视频点播应用,所述第一操控服务为视频播控服务;The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first service application is a video-on-demand application, and the first control service is a video broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括视频进度条、视频选集和推荐视频中的一种或多种控件。The first manipulation interface includes one or more controls selected from video progress bar, video selection and recommended video.
  9. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为K歌应用,所述第一操控服务为K歌播控服务;The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first business application is a karaoke application, and the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括推荐歌曲列表和已选歌曲列表中的一种或多种控件,所述推荐歌曲列表包括一首或多首歌曲,所述已选歌曲列表包括用户从所述推荐歌曲列表中选取的歌曲。The first manipulation interface includes one or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes the list of recommended songs selected by the user. Songs selected in the list.
  10. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为图库应用,所述第一操控服务为图库操控服务;The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first business application is a gallery application, and the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service;
    所述第一操控界面包括多张缩略图,所述多张缩略图和所述图库应用中包含的多张图像对应。The first manipulation interface includes a plurality of thumbnail images, and the plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
  11. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为游戏应用,所述第一操控服务为游戏操控服务;The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first business application is a game application, and the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service;
    所述第一操控界面包括游戏画面和/或游戏操作按键中的一种或多种控件。The first control interface includes one or more controls in the game screen and/or game operation buttons.
  12. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为直播应用,所述第一操控服务为直播播控服务;The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first service application is a live broadcast application, and the first control service is a live broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括直播列表,所述直播列表包括多个分类的子列表,任意一个所述子列表包括一个或多个直播频道。The first control interface includes a live list, and the live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操控界面还包括“手机遥控器”按键;The method according to any one of claims 1-12, characterized in that the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button;
    当终端接收到作用于所述“手机遥控器”按键操作所产生的操作指令时,显示遥控器操作界面,所述遥控器操作界面包括上下左右方向键、OK键、增加/减少键、退出键、菜单键、开关机键中的一种或多种控件。When the terminal receives the operation command generated by the button operation of the "mobile phone remote control", it displays the remote control operation interface, which includes the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, and exit key , menu key, and one or more controls in the power button.
  14. 根据权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述大屏中预先存储有所述第一业务应用和所述第一操控服务之间的对应关系。The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein a corresponding relationship between the first business application and the first manipulation service is pre-stored in the large screen.
  15. 一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,应用于终端,其特征在于,包括:A cross-device transfer control method for large-screen services, applied to terminals, characterized in that it includes:
    接收来自大屏的第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述大屏上开启的第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务;receiving a first manipulation service request from the large screen, wherein the first manipulation service request includes identification information of a first business application opened on the large screen and/or identification information of a first manipulation service, and the first The manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application;
    响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面;In response to the first manipulation service request, display a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service;
    通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务 应用的操控。By receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface, the manipulation of the first service application opened on the large screen is realized.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15, further comprising:
    接收来自所述终端的第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述大屏上进行前台业务应用切换后的第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务;receiving a second manipulation service request from the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes the identification information of the second business application after switching the foreground business application on the large screen and/or the identification of the second manipulation service information, the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application;
    响应于所述第二操控服务请求,显示所述第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面,其中,所述第二操控界面不同于所述第一操控界面;In response to the second manipulation service request, display a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface;
    通过接收作用于所述第二操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第二业务应用的操控。By receiving an operation acting on the second manipulation interface, the manipulation of the second service application opened on the large screen is realized.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述终端的第二操控服务请求之后,还包括:The method according to claim 16, characterized in that after receiving the second manipulation service request from the terminal, further comprising:
    关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面且终止所述第一操控服务;或者,关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面但保留所述第一操控服务。Closing the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminating the first manipulation service; or, closing the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service but retaining the first manipulation service.
  18. 根据权利要求15-17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控,包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the first service application opened on the large screen is realized by receiving an operation acting on the first control interface. manipulation, including:
    通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,产生对应的操作指令;generating a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface;
    将所述操作指令发送给所述大屏。Send the operation instruction to the large screen.
  19. 根据权利要求15-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-18, wherein the first service application opened on the large screen is implemented by receiving an operation on the first control interface. After manipulation, it also includes:
    接收来自所述大屏的操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;receiving a manipulation termination request from the large screen, where the manipulation termination request includes identification information of the first business application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service;
    响应于所述操控终止请求,不再显示所述第一操控界面。In response to the manipulation termination request, the first manipulation interface is no longer displayed.
  20. 根据权利要求15-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-18, wherein the first service application opened on the large screen is implemented by receiving an operation on the first control interface. After manipulation, it also includes:
    向所述大屏发送业务终止请求;Send a service termination request to the large screen;
    不再显示所述第一操控界面。The first manipulation interface is no longer displayed.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述不再显示所述第一操控界面之前,还包括:The method according to claim 20, characterized in that, before no longer displaying the first manipulation interface, further comprising:
    接收来自所述大屏的业务应用退出响应;receiving a service application exit response from the large screen;
    所述不再显示所述第一操控界面,包括:The no longer displaying the first manipulation interface includes:
    响应于所述业务应用退出响应,不再显示所述第一操控界面。In response to the exit response of the service application, the first manipulation interface is no longer displayed.
  22. 根据权利要求15-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为视频点播应用,所述第一操控服务为视频播控服务;The method according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first service application is a video-on-demand application, and the first control service is a video broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括视频进度条、视频选集和推荐视频中的一种或多种控件。The first manipulation interface includes one or more controls selected from video progress bar, video selection and recommended video.
  23. 根据权利要求15-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为K歌应用,所述第一操控服务为K歌播控服务;The method according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first business application is a karaoke application, and the first manipulation service is a karaoke broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括推荐歌曲列表和已选歌曲列表中的一种或多种控件,所述推荐 歌曲列表包括一首或多首歌曲,所述已选歌曲列表包括用户从所述推荐歌曲列表中选取的歌曲。The first manipulation interface includes one or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes the list of recommended songs selected by the user. Songs selected in the list.
  24. 根据权利要求15-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为图库应用,所述第一操控服务为图库操控服务;The method according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first business application is a gallery application, and the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service;
    所述第一操控界面包括多张缩略图,所述多张缩略图和所述图库应用中包含的多张图像对应。The first manipulation interface includes a plurality of thumbnail images, and the plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
  25. 根据权利要求15-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为游戏应用,所述第一操控服务为游戏操控服务;The method according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first business application is a game application, and the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service;
    所述第一操控界面包括游戏画面和/或游戏操作按键中的一种或多种控件。The first control interface includes one or more controls in the game screen and/or game operation buttons.
  26. 根据权利要求15-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为直播应用,所述第一操控服务为直播播控服务;The method according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first service application is a live broadcast application, and the first control service is a live broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括直播列表,所述直播列表包括多个分类的子列表,任意一个所述子列表包括一个或多个直播频道。The first control interface includes a live list, and the live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
  27. 根据权利要求15-26中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操控界面还包括“手机遥控器”按键;The method according to any one of claims 15-26, characterized in that the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button;
    当终端接收到作用于所述“手机遥控器”按键操作所产生的操作指令时,显示遥控器操作界面,所述遥控器操作界面包括上下左右方向键、OK键、增加/减少键、退出键、菜单键、开关机键中的一种或多种控件。When the terminal receives the operation command generated by the button operation of the "mobile phone remote control", it displays the remote control operation interface, which includes the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, and exit key , menu key, and one or more controls in the power button.
  28. 一种大屏业务的跨设备流转操控方法,应用于大屏,其特征在于,包括:A cross-device flow control method for large-screen business, applied to large-screen, characterized in that it includes:
    开启第一业务应用;Start the first business application;
    向终端发送第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务。sending a first manipulation service request to the terminal, where the first manipulation service request includes identification information of the first service application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service, and the first manipulation service corresponds to the The manipulation service of the first business application.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 28, further comprising:
    将前台业务应用从所述第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用;switching the foreground business application from the first business application to a second business application;
    向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务。sending a second manipulation service request to the terminal, where the second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second service application and/or identification information of a second manipulation service, and the second manipulation service corresponds to The manipulation service of the second business application.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向终端发送第一操控服务请求之后,还包括:The method according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, further comprising:
    接收来自所述终端的操作指令,所述操作指令是作用于所述终端上的第一操控界面上的操作产生的;receiving an operation instruction from the terminal, where the operation instruction is generated by an operation on the first manipulation interface on the terminal;
    根据所述操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对所述第一业务应用的操控。Execute corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
  31. 根据权利要求28-30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向终端发送第一操控服务请求之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 28-30, characterized in that after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, further comprising:
    向所述终端发送操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;sending a manipulation termination request to the terminal, where the manipulation termination request includes identification information of the first service application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service;
    退出所述第一业务应用。Exit the first business application.
  32. 根据权利要求28-30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向终端发送第一操 控服务请求之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 28-30, wherein after sending the first manipulation service request to the terminal, further comprising:
    接收来自所述终端的业务终止请求;receiving a service termination request from the terminal;
    响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用。Exit the first service application in response to the service termination request.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,所述响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用之后,还包括:The method according to claim 32, after exiting the first service application in response to the service termination request, further comprising:
    向所述终端发送业务应用退出响应。Sending a service application exit response to the terminal.
  34. 根据权利要求28-33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述大屏中预先存储有所述第一业务应用和所述第一操控服务之间的对应关系。The method according to any one of claims 28-33, wherein a corresponding relationship between the first business application and the first manipulation service is pre-stored in the large screen.
  35. 一种电子设备,用作终端,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device used as a terminal, characterized in that it includes:
    传输模块,用于接收来自大屏的第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述大屏上开启的第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务;A transmission module, configured to receive a first manipulation service request from the large screen, wherein the first manipulation service request includes identification information of the first business application opened on the large screen and/or identification information of the first manipulation service , the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application;
    显示模块,用于响应于所述第一操控服务请求,显示所述第一操控服务对应的第一操控界面;A display module, configured to display a first manipulation interface corresponding to the first manipulation service in response to the first manipulation service request;
    处理模块,用于通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第一业务应用的操控。The processing module is configured to realize the manipulation of the first service application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the first manipulation interface.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述大屏上进行前台业务应用切换后的第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务;The electronic device according to claim 35, wherein the transmission module is further configured to receive a second manipulation service request from the terminal, wherein the second manipulation service request includes The identification information of the second business application after switching the foreground business application and/or the identification information of the second manipulation service, where the second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application;
    所述显示模块,还用于响应于所述第二操控服务请求,显示所述第二操控服务对应的第二操控界面,其中,所述第二操控界面不同于所述第一操控界面;The display module is further configured to display a second manipulation interface corresponding to the second manipulation service in response to the second manipulation service request, wherein the second manipulation interface is different from the first manipulation interface;
    所述处理模块,还用于通过接收作用于所述第二操控界面上的操作,实现对所述大屏上开启的所述第二业务应用的操控。The processing module is further configured to realize the manipulation of the second business application opened on the large screen by receiving an operation acting on the second manipulation interface.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块,还用于关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面且终止所述第一操控服务;或者,关闭所述第一操控服务的操控界面但保留所述第一操控服务。The electronic device according to claim 36, wherein the processing module is further configured to close the manipulation interface of the first manipulation service and terminate the first manipulation service; or, close the first manipulation service control interface but keep the first control service.
  38. 根据权利要求35-37中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于通过接收作用于所述第一操控界面上的操作,产生对应的操作指令;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-37, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to generate a corresponding operation instruction by receiving an operation acting on the first control interface;
    所述传输模块,还用于将所述操作指令发送给所述大屏。The transmission module is further configured to send the operation instruction to the large screen.
  39. 根据权利要求35-38中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述大屏的操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-38, wherein the transmission module is further configured to receive a manipulation termination request from the large screen, the manipulation termination request including the first service Identification information of the application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service;
    所述处理模块,还用于响应于所述操控终止请求,不再显示所述第一操控界面。The processing module is further configured to no longer display the first manipulation interface in response to the manipulation termination request.
  40. 根据权利要求35-38中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于向所述大屏发送业务终止请求;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-38, wherein the transmission module is further configured to send a service termination request to the large screen;
    所述处理模块,还用于不再显示所述第一操控界面。The processing module is further configured to no longer display the first manipulation interface.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述大屏的业务应用退出响应;The electronic device according to claim 40, wherein the transmission module is further configured to receive a service application exit response from the large screen;
    所述处理模块,还用于响应于所述业务应用退出响应,不再显示所述第一操控界面。The processing module is further configured to no longer display the first manipulation interface in response to the service application exit response.
  42. 根据权利要求35-41中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为视频点播应用,所述第一操控服务为视频播控服务;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-41, wherein the first service application is a video-on-demand application, and the first control service is a video broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括视频进度条、视频选集和推荐视频中的一种或多种控件。The first manipulation interface includes one or more controls selected from video progress bar, video selection and recommended video.
  43. 根据权利要求35-41中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为K歌应用,所述第一操控服务为K歌播控服务;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-41, wherein the first business application is a karaoke application, and the first control service is a karaoke broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括推荐歌曲列表和已选歌曲列表中的一种或多种控件,所述推荐歌曲列表包括一首或多首歌曲,所述已选歌曲列表包括用户从所述推荐歌曲列表中选取的歌曲。The first manipulation interface includes one or more controls in a list of recommended songs and a list of selected songs, the list of recommended songs includes one or more songs, and the list of selected songs includes the list of recommended songs selected by the user. Songs selected in the list.
  44. 根据权利要求35-41中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为图库应用,所述第一操控服务为图库操控服务;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-41, wherein the first business application is a gallery application, and the first manipulation service is a gallery manipulation service;
    所述第一操控界面包括多张缩略图,所述多张缩略图和所述图库应用中包含的多张图像对应。The first manipulation interface includes a plurality of thumbnail images, and the plurality of thumbnail images correspond to the plurality of images included in the gallery application.
  45. 根据权利要求35-41中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为游戏应用,所述第一操控服务为游戏操控服务;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-41, wherein the first service application is a game application, and the first manipulation service is a game manipulation service;
    所述第一操控界面包括游戏画面和/或游戏操作按键中的一种或多种控件。The first control interface includes one or more controls in the game screen and/or game operation buttons.
  46. 根据权利要求35-41中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一业务应用为直播应用,所述第一操控服务为直播播控服务;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-41, wherein the first service application is a live broadcast application, and the first control service is a live broadcast control service;
    所述第一操控界面包括直播列表,所述直播列表包括多个分类的子列表,任意一个所述子列表包括一个或多个直播频道。The first control interface includes a live list, and the live list includes a plurality of classified sub-lists, and any one of the sub-lists includes one or more live channels.
  47. 根据权利要求35-46中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一操控界面还包括“手机遥控器”按键;The electronic device according to any one of claims 35-46, wherein the first control interface further includes a "mobile phone remote control" button;
    当终端接收到作用于所述“手机遥控器”按键操作所产生的操作指令时,显示遥控器操作界面,所述遥控器操作界面包括上下左右方向键、OK键、增加/减少键、退出键、菜单键、开关机键中的一种或多种控件。When the terminal receives the operation command generated by the button operation of the "mobile phone remote control", it displays the remote control operation interface, which includes the up, down, left, and right direction keys, OK key, increase/decrease key, and exit key , menu key, and one or more controls in the power button.
  48. 一种电子设备,用作大屏,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, used as a large screen, is characterized in that it includes:
    处理模块,用于开启第一业务应用;a processing module, configured to start the first service application;
    传输模块,用于向终端发送第一操控服务请求,其中,所述第一操控服务请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或第一操控服务的标识信息,所述第一操控服务是对应于所述第一业务应用的操控服务。A transmission module, configured to send a first manipulation service request to a terminal, where the first manipulation service request includes identification information of the first service application and/or identification information of the first manipulation service, and the first manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the first business application.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块,还用于将前台业务应用从所述第一业务应用切换为第二业务应用;The electronic device according to claim 48, wherein the processing module is further configured to switch the foreground service application from the first service application to the second service application;
    所述传输模块,还用于向所述终端发送第二操控服务请求,其中,所述第二操控服务请求包括所述第二业务应用的标识信息和/或第二操控服务的标识信息,所述第二操控服务是对应于所述第二业务应用的操控服务。The transmission module is further configured to send a second manipulation service request to the terminal, where the second manipulation service request includes identification information of the second service application and/or identification information of the second manipulation service, and The second manipulation service is a manipulation service corresponding to the second business application.
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的操作指令,所述操作指令是作用于所述终端上的第一操控界面上的操作产生的;The electronic device according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the transmission module is further configured to receive an operation instruction from the terminal, and the operation instruction acts on the first control interface on the terminal generated by the operation;
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述操作指令执行相应的处理,以完成对所述第一业务应 用的操控。The processing module is further configured to execute corresponding processing according to the operation instruction, so as to complete the manipulation of the first service application.
  51. 根据权利要求48-50中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于向所述终端发送操控终止请求,所述操控终止请求包括所述第一业务应用的标识信息和/或所述第一操控服务的标识信息;The electronic device according to any one of claims 48-50, wherein the transmission module is further configured to send a manipulation termination request to the terminal, the manipulation termination request including the Identification information and/or identification information of the first manipulation service;
    所述处理模块,还用于退出所述第一业务应用。The processing module is further configured to exit the first service application.
  52. 根据权利要求48-50中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述传输模块,还用于接收来自所述终端的业务终止请求;The electronic device according to any one of claims 48-50, wherein the transmission module is further configured to receive a service termination request from the terminal;
    所述处理模块,还用于响应于所述业务终止请求,退出所述第一业务应用。The processing module is further configured to exit the first service application in response to the service termination request.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的电子设备,所述传输模块,还用于向所述终端发送业务应用退出响应。According to the electronic device according to claim 52, the transmission module is further configured to send a service application exit response to the terminal.
  54. 根据权利要求48-53中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备中预先存储有所述第一业务应用和所述第一操控服务之间的对应关系。The electronic device according to any one of claims 48-53, wherein the electronic device pre-stores a correspondence between the first business application and the first manipulation service.
  55. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理器和收发器;processors and transceivers;
    存储器,用于存储一个或多个程序;memory for storing one or more programs;
    当所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行,使得所述一个或多个处理器实现如权利要求15-34中任一项所述的方法。When the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors, the one or more processors are made to implement the method according to any one of claims 15-34.
  56. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序在摄像头上运行时,使得所述摄像头执行如权利要求15-34中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, characterized in that, when the computer program is run on the camera, the camera is made to perform the method according to any one of claims 15-34 .
  57. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括一个或多个接口电路和一个或多个处理器;所述接口电路用于从电子设备的存储器接收信号,并向所述处理器发送所述信号,所述信号包括存储器中存储的计算机指令;当所述处理器执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行权利要求15-34中任意一项所述的方法。A chip is characterized in that it includes one or more interface circuits and one or more processors; the interface circuit is used to receive signals from the memory of the electronic device and send the signals to the processors, the The signal comprises computer instructions stored in a memory; when executed by the processor, the computer instructions cause the electronic device to perform the method of any one of claims 15-34.
PCT/CN2022/111223 2021-09-26 2022-08-09 Cross-device transfer control method and apparatus for large-screen service WO2023045597A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111126695.4A CN115883893A (en) 2021-09-26 2021-09-26 Cross-device flow control method and device for large-screen service
CN202111126695.4 2021-09-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023045597A1 true WO2023045597A1 (en) 2023-03-30

Family

ID=85720016

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/111223 WO2023045597A1 (en) 2021-09-26 2022-08-09 Cross-device transfer control method and apparatus for large-screen service

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115883893A (en)
WO (1) WO2023045597A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117037790A (en) * 2023-10-10 2023-11-10 朗朗教育科技股份有限公司 AI interaction intelligent screen control system and method

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030156053A1 (en) * 2002-02-15 2003-08-21 Wall Justin D. Web-based universal remote control
CN102843398A (en) * 2011-06-23 2012-12-26 索尼公司 Remote control device, remote device, multimedia system and control method thereof
CN103024566A (en) * 2012-12-06 2013-04-03 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Television interface operation control apparatus and remote control device and method thereof
CN103607618A (en) * 2013-11-21 2014-02-26 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Game control method and game control device in intelligent television
CN103826156A (en) * 2014-03-17 2014-05-28 华为技术有限公司 Terminal remote control method, set-top box, mobile terminal and web page server
CN103841446A (en) * 2014-03-27 2014-06-04 长沙市岳麓区立早网络科技有限公司 Method and system for operating television value-increasing applications through mobile terminal
CN105376620A (en) * 2014-08-18 2016-03-02 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 Control method and system
CN107197345A (en) * 2017-05-27 2017-09-22 微鲸科技有限公司 Remote control interface collocation method and device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030156053A1 (en) * 2002-02-15 2003-08-21 Wall Justin D. Web-based universal remote control
CN102843398A (en) * 2011-06-23 2012-12-26 索尼公司 Remote control device, remote device, multimedia system and control method thereof
CN103024566A (en) * 2012-12-06 2013-04-03 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Television interface operation control apparatus and remote control device and method thereof
CN103607618A (en) * 2013-11-21 2014-02-26 乐视致新电子科技(天津)有限公司 Game control method and game control device in intelligent television
CN103826156A (en) * 2014-03-17 2014-05-28 华为技术有限公司 Terminal remote control method, set-top box, mobile terminal and web page server
CN103841446A (en) * 2014-03-27 2014-06-04 长沙市岳麓区立早网络科技有限公司 Method and system for operating television value-increasing applications through mobile terminal
CN105376620A (en) * 2014-08-18 2016-03-02 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 Control method and system
CN107197345A (en) * 2017-05-27 2017-09-22 微鲸科技有限公司 Remote control interface collocation method and device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117037790A (en) * 2023-10-10 2023-11-10 朗朗教育科技股份有限公司 AI interaction intelligent screen control system and method
CN117037790B (en) * 2023-10-10 2024-01-09 朗朗教育科技股份有限公司 AI interaction intelligent screen control system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115883893A (en) 2023-03-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114397979B (en) Application display method and electronic equipment
WO2020259452A1 (en) Full-screen display method for mobile terminal, and apparatus
WO2020052529A1 (en) Method for quickly adjusting out small window in fullscreen display during video, graphic user interface and terminal
WO2021000881A1 (en) Screen splitting method and electronic device
CN112148400B (en) Display method and device in locking state
WO2021036770A1 (en) Split-screen processing method and terminal device
CN113961157B (en) Display interaction system, display method and equipment
CN114390139B (en) Method for presenting video by electronic equipment in incoming call, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN112527174B (en) Information processing method and electronic equipment
WO2022037726A1 (en) Split-screen display method and electronic device
WO2022042326A1 (en) Display control method and related apparatus
WO2022042770A1 (en) Method for controlling communication service state, terminal device and readable storage medium
WO2022042769A2 (en) Multi-screen interaction system and method, apparatus, and medium
CN113810542B (en) Control method applied to electronic equipment, electronic equipment and computer storage medium
WO2020155875A1 (en) Display method for electronic device, graphic user interface and electronic device
WO2021143391A1 (en) Video call-based screen sharing method and mobile device
CN112068907A (en) Interface display method and electronic equipment
CN115943621A (en) Control method applied to electronic equipment and electronic equipment
CN115426521A (en) Method, electronic device, medium, and program product for screen capture
CN113438366A (en) Information notification interaction method, electronic device and storage medium
WO2023045597A1 (en) Cross-device transfer control method and apparatus for large-screen service
CN115268737A (en) Information processing method and device
WO2023051116A1 (en) Distributed implementation method and system, and electronic device and storage medium
CN114764300A (en) Interaction method and device for window pages, electronic equipment and readable storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22871655

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE